lab products complete

293
Awards EasyNavigationConcept Service Centre TheLabModularSystem

Upload: pejman-mehrji

Post on 06-Apr-2016

395 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

DESCRIPTION

All products consumable items

TRANSCRIPT

A w a r d s

EasyNavigationConcept

Service CentreTheLabModularSystem

Index

2

1.2 page 16

• Nickel-Silver andStainless Steel Screws

• Spring hinge screws,R.B. screws,Screws for repairs

• Various Components

1.3 page 24

• Rimless Screws andAssembly

• Nuts M1,2 - M1,4and Special RimlessParts

1.1 page 12

• Hinges• Rivets

2.2 page 74

• Thread Lock• Cyanoacrylate Glues

for frames• Cyanoacrylate Glues

for lenses

2.3 page 78

• Cleaning Liquids• Ink Remover• Marker Pen,

Lensmeter Ink

2.1 page 72

• Supra Nylon Cords• Plastic Strip for

Supra Framesassembly

• Lens Washers

3.2 page 117

• Optical Tools• Screw Extractor

and Millers• Utilities

3.3 page 124

• Pliers• Cutters• Tweezers

3.1 page 110

• Screwdrivers• Nutdrivers• Third Hand

4.2 page 170

• Ultrasonic Cleaner

4.3 page 178

• Testers

4.1 page 162

• Frame Heater

5.2 page 232

• CR39 Lenses withHard CoatingTreatment

• CR39 Special Lenses

5.3 page 234

• CR39 Full ColourTinted Lenses

5.1 page 230

• CR39 Lenses• Photochromic

Lenses• Polarized Lenses

Frame Parts page 10

Lab Consumables page 70

Equipment page 160

Sunlenses page 228

Tools page 108

4.

1.

2.

3.

5.

The Lab Modular System page 020. 0.2 page 06

• The Colour Concept

0.1 page 04

• The System

0.3 page 08

• Cubes and Trays

6.2 page 254

• Digital PD Meters

6.3 page 256

• Test RoomAccessories

6.1 page 246

• Press-On• Occluders

Test Room page 2446.

3

1.4 page 30

• Rim Locking Blocksand Pad Arms(to solder)

1.5 page 32

• Silicone, Titanium,Polycarbonate, PVC,Glass and SpecialNose Pads

1.6 page 50

• Temple Tips andEyewire covers

• Frame Lock

1.7 page 56

• Heat ShrinkableTubes

• Metal Temples• Acetate Temples

1.8 page 68

• Smarty Boxes

2.4 page 82

• Suction Caps• Lens Surface Pads• Adhesive Pads• Formers - Demo Lenses

2.5 page 90

• Lens Make Up• Frame Make Up

2.6 page 93

• PolishingCompounds,Brushes and Mops

2.7 page 98

• Dyes andAccessoriesfor tinting

• Decolouring Liquids• CR39 for tinting

2.8 page 106

• SolderingConsumables

3.4 page 144

• Tool Racks

3.5 page 146

• Screw Ejector• Clavulus

3.6 page 150

• Drills and Millers forlenses and frames

• Taps

3.7 page 153

• Finishing Accessories

3.8 page 154

• Broaches• Files• Optical Tools• Measuring Instruments

4.4 page 186

• Hand Edgers• No Foam• Diamond Sticks• Lens Edge Polisher• Bench Polisher

4.5 page 196

• Drills• Lens Drilling System

4.6 page 204

• Soldering Torch• Soldering Units• Soldering

Consumables• Digital Plating Unit

4.7 page 218

• Tinting Units• Accessories and

Lenses for tinting

5.4 page 237

• CR39 Lenses forTinting

• CR39 Demo Lenses

5.5 page 238

• CR39 CosmeticLenses and FlashGradient Mirror

5.6 page 240

• Polarizing Sheets

5.7 page 241

• PolycarbonateLenses

5.8 page 243

• Mineral Lenses

6.4 page 257

• Trial Frames• Trial Lens Set

6.5 page 264

• Refractor/Phoropter• Optotype Projector

6.6 page 268

• Flippers

6.7 page 272

• Reading Chart• Colour Test• Stereo Test

For Alphabetical Index see page 278

4

EASY PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION Each colour identifies a specific use

EVERYTHING TO HANDJoining the boxes by arrangement

ORDER AND FUNCTIONALITY = TIME SAVING

Components can be easily identified by the colour of their trays

SPACE OPTIMIZATIONYou can stock up to 168 componentsin just one cube

1

2

3

4

TheLabModularSystem

re-order tag

technical data

HOW MANYADVANTAGES!

Joinable boxes with lid, designed onpurpose,complete with re-order tagand technical data

0.1

5

EasyNavigationConceptAwards

TIME SAVING FOR A QUICK REPAIRThe colour guides you to the right tool

MODULARITY AND FLEXIBILITY IN YOUR LABConsumables and tools can be placed in dedicated cubes

6

7

MODERN WORKING AREANice, tidy and professional environment for the members of your team

for an excellent customer service.

8

EASIER AND FASTER RE-ORDERINGWith re-order tags complete with technical data

5

0.1

6

0.2 TheLabModularSystemProduct identification

RED COLOUR FOR:Spring Hinge Parts and Tools:

• Spring Hinge Screws

• Spring Hinge Assembly Parts

• Pliers and Screwdrivers

BLUE COLOUR FOR: Most common Parts and Toolsfor Metal and Acetate Frames:

• Pinned Hinges

• Temple and Pad Screws

• Silicone Pads and Strap Bridges

• Comfort and Golf Temple Tips

• Metal Temples

• Pliers to adjust metal frames

• Screwdrivers with flat blade

7

0.2

GREEN COLOUR FOR:Rimless and Supra Parts and Tools:

• Screws, Nuts, Washers and Bushes

• Temple Tips for S/Steeland Titanium Frames

• Acetate Temples

• Pliers for Supra and Rimless Frames

• Nutdrivers

ORANGE COLOUR FOR:Special Parts and Tools:

• Hinges, Tubes and Pad Arms

• Self-tapping and Self-locking Screws

• Nose Pads in Titanium, Polycarbonateand Glass

• Nose Pads Primadonna, System 3

• Silicone Temple Ends

• Pad Arm Pliers

• Phillips Screwdrivers

REDfor

Spring HingeAssembly

Parts and Tools

BLUEfor

most commonParts and Tools

GREENfor

RimlessParts and Tools

ORANGEfor

SpecialParts and Tools

EasyNavigationConcept

Trays: ideal for daily use in the laboratory and practice

Ref. 01681 BLUE

Size: 223 x 235 x 13 mm

Ref. 01682 RED

Ref. 01684 ORANGE

Ref. 01685 GREEN

Ref. 01665 BLUE

Size: 223 x 235 x 28 mm

Ref. 01667 ORANGE

Ref. 01666 GREEN

Ref. 01668 BLUE

Size: 223 x 235 x 28 mm

Ref. 01669 GREEN

PLAIN: FOR HINGES - RIVETS - SCREWS - NUTS - NOSE PADS - TEMPLE TIPS

PLAIN: FOR POLISHING COMPOUNDS - MOPS - GLUES - BOTTLES

5 COMPARTMENTS: FOR TEMPLES - TOOLS AND MORE

4 COMPARTMENTS: FOR LENS WASHERS - GLUES - DYES

Cubes and Trays

Ref. 01670 BLUE

Size: 223 x 235 x 28 mm

4 COMPARTMENTS

8

0.3

Ref. 01664 ORANGE

Cubes: Ideal Organization of your Lab

Ref. 01676 BLUE

Size: 235 x 235 x 235 mm

Ref. 01679 GREEN Ref. 01678 ORANGE Ref. 01677 RED

Smarty Boxes with silicone protective pads (page 68)

Ref. 01691

Smarty Clear/Silicone Pad Blue

Smarty Clear/Silicone Pad Green

6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)Ref. 01693

Smarty Orange/Silicone Pad Orange

Smarty Orange/Silicone Pad Green

6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)Ref. 01692

Smarty Blue/Silicone Pad Blue

Smarty Blue/Silicone Pad Orange

6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)

9

0.3

Ref. 01675SET

You can display the cubes on the table, stack them or hang them on the wall.

Each cube is suitable for 7 trays

4 CUBES (Blue, Green, Orange and Red)

12 EMPTY PLAIN TRAYS (3 Blue, 3 Green, 3 Orange, 3 Red)

Examples of howto use the System

Frame Parts

10

1.1 Hinges and Rivets

• Pinned Hinges and Rivets ....................................... 12• Hidden Hinges ............................................................ 13• Solder Hinges .............................................................. 14• Solder Hinges for Flexible Joint Sides ................ 15

1.2 Screws

• Nickel-Silver Screws for Metal Sides ................... 16• Pad Screws .................................................................... 16• Nickel-Silver Screws for Acetate Sides ............... 17• Stainless Steel Screws ............................................... 18• Spring Hinge Screws and Spring Hinge Assembly .. 20• R.B. Screws and R.B. Pads ......................................... 21• Special Stainless Steel Screws ............................... 22• Self-tapping and Self-locking Screws ................. 23

1.3 Rimless Assembly

• Rimless Screws M1,2 ................................................. 24• Rimless Washers, Bushes, Caps, Nuts M1,2 ....... 25• Rimless Screws M1,4 ................................................. 26• Rimless Washers, Bushes, Caps, Nuts M1,4 ....... 27• Dome Nuts and Plastic Sleeves ............................ 28• Hex and Star Nuts ...................................................... 29

1.4 Rim Locking Blocks - Pad Arms

• Rim Locking Blocks ................................................... 30• Pad Arms ....................................................................... 30• Pad Arms for Plastic Frames ................................... 31

1.0

11

1.5 Nose Pads

• Silicone Nose Pads and Strap Bridges ................ 34• Silicone Nose Pads “Slim Line” .............................. 38• Titanium-Polycarbonate Nose Pads “Slim Line” . 39• Silicone Nose Pads: “Airpad” and “Biofeel” ....... 40• Biomedical PVC Nose Pads...................................... 42• Glass Nose Pads .......................................................... 43• PVC Nose Pads with Metal Insert ......................... 44• Nose Pads for Titanium and S/Steel Frames........ 46• “Primadonna” Nose Pads ........................................ 47• Special Fitting and “System 3” Nose Pads ........ 48• Comfort Bridges and Self-Adhesive Pads ........ 49

1.6 Temple Tips

• Temple Tips for Titanium Sides ............................. 50• Temple Tips for Stainless Steel Sides .................. 51• Comfort and Golf Temple Tips ............................. 52• Special Temple Tips .................................................... 53• Silicone Frame Locks ................................................ 54• Silicone Cable Ends ................................................... 55• Silicone Temple Tips Covers ................................... 55• Eyewire Covers ............................................................ 55

1.7 Temples and Heat Shrinkable Tubes

• Heat Shrinkable Tubes ............................................. 56• R.B. Curl and Golf Temples ...................................... 57• Metal Flex Temples .................................................... 58• Metal Temples ............................................................. 62• Acetate Flex Temples ................................................ 64• Acetate Temples ......................................................... 66

1.8 For the Lab

• Smarty Boxes - Job Trays ......................................... 68

1.0

Ref. 00442 Thin rivet

Ref. 00441 Standard rivet

1,0 mm. 8,0 mm.

1,1 mm. 11 mm.

SINGLE RIVET

Ref. 00445

Ref. 00456 B&L classic type 20 pcs.

1,2 mm.2,5 mm. 7,4 mm.

1,2 mm.2,5 mm. 9,0 mm.

DOUBLE RIVET

FRAME REPAIR CENTRERef. 04070with wooden basefor riveting, punching,peening and bendingframes (see page 148).

100 pcs.

50 pcs.

3,5 mm. 2,7 mm. M1,4

Ref. 00021 right temple

Ref. 00023 right front

Ref. 00020 left temple

Ref. 00022 left front

3,0 mm. 2,7 mm. M1,40,90 mm.0,90 mm. 1,2 mm.

Ref. 00445 2,5 mm.

0,90 mm.0,90 mm. 1,4 mm.

Ref. 00445 2,5 mm.

5,0 mm. 2,7 mm. M1,4

Ref. 00041 right temple

Ref. 00043 right front

1,10 mm.0,70 mm.1,10 mm.

0,8 mm.0,8 mm.

Ref. 00445 2,5 mm.

1,10 mm.0,70 mm.1,10 mm.

0,8 mm.0,8 mm.

Ref. 00445 2,5 mm.

6,0 mm. 2,7 mm. M1,4

Ref. 00047 right temple

Ref. 00049 right front

Ref. 00046 left temple

Ref. 00048 left front

0,8 mm.0,8 mm.

2,5 mm.

Ref. 00008 left temple

Ref. 00010 front

5,0 mm. 2,7 mm. M1,4

Ref. 00044 front

Ref. 00009 right temple

Ref. 00040 left temple

Ref. 00042 left front

1,30 mm.1,20 mm.1,30 mm.

0° 20 pcs.

Pinned Hinges and RivetsNickel-silver

12

Ref. 00445

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

1.1

20 pcs.SQUARE PLATE

Ref. 00101 M1,42,7 mm.

0,8 mm.0,8 mm.

1,0 mm.

1,2 mm.

1,4 mm.

Hidden HingesNickel-silver - For front or temple hinges and flexible joint sides

13

0,9 mm.

Ref. 00102 M1,41,8 mm.0,9 mm.0,9 mm.

Ref. 00105 M1,42,2 mm.1,4 mm.

ROUND PLATE

Ref. 00111 M1,42,2 mm.

Ref. 00161 M1,42,5 mm.

Ref. 00162 M1,42,5 mm.

Ref. 00165 M1,42,5 mm.

1,6 mm. M1,63,4 mm.

OVAL PLATE

Ref. 00154Nylon insert: max. heat 210°C

M1,63,2 mm.

Ref. 00151 20 pcs. M1,63,2 mm.

1,3 mm.

1,6 mm.

1,4 mm.Ref. 00229 4,0 mm. M1,42,7 mm.

FOR FRONT OR TEMPLE

1,6 mm.Ref. 00230 3,5 mm. M1,42,7 mm.

Ref. 00237 M1,42,7 mm.

FOR FLEXIBLE JOINT SIDES - CAM PROFILE

1,6 mm.

Ref. 00238 M1,40,6 mm.0,9 mm.1,2 mm.0,9 mm.

Ref. 00239 M1,42,7 mm.1,0 mm.1,0 mm.1,0 mm.

Ref. 00242 3,2 mm.

ADJUSTABLE

M1,4

Ref. 00240 3,2 mm. M1,4

Ref. 00153Nylon insert: max. heat 210°C

20 pcs.

10 pcs.

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

1,0 mm.1,5 mm.1,0 mm.

0,8 mm.1,2 mm.0,8 mm.

Ref. 01550HIDDEN HINGE KIT220 assorted piecesincluding the followingmodels: Ref. 102, 105,151, 161, 162, 165, 230,238, 239, 240, 242 -11 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

Ref. 00103 M1,42,2 mm.2,0 mm. NEW

1.1

0,8 mm.

0,8 mm. SHORT PROFILE

Ref. 00059 temple

Ref. 00081 left front Ref. 00082 right front0,6 mm.0,6 mm. 0,9 mm.

Ref. 00083 temple

Ref. 00075 left front Ref. 00076 right front

Ref. 00077 temple

Ref. 00078 left front Ref. 00079 right front

Ref. 00080 temple

SHORT PROFILE

3,5 mm

EXTENDED PROFILE

5 mm

Eight hinge types for temple and front side with two platelengths and seven different joint widths are available toprovide you with the solution for most metal frame repairs.

M1,42,2 mm. 1,8 mm.

1,2 mm. EXTENDED PROFILEM1,43,0 mm. 1,8 mm.

1,4 mm. EXTENDED PROFILEM1,43,5 mm. 1,8 mm.

0,9 mm. EXTENDED PROFILEM1,42,1 mm. 1,8 mm.

Ref. 00095 left front Ref. 00096 right front0,75 mm.0,75 mm. 1,0 mm.

Ref. 00097 temple

1,0 mm. EXTENDED PROFILEM1,42,5 mm. 1,8 mm.

Ref. 00060 left front Ref. 00061 right front0,9 mm.0,9 mm. 1,2 mm.

Ref. 00062 temple

0,9 mm.0,9 mm. 1,2 mm.

1,05 mm.1,05 mm. 1,4 mm.

1,2 mm. SHORT PROFILEM1,43,0 mm. 1,8 mm.

Solder HingesFor temples and front sides - Short profile 3,5 mm - Extended profile 5,0 mm

14

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

1.1

Ref. 00063 left front Ref. 00064 right front0,95 mm.0,95 mm. 1,5 mm.

Ref. 00065 temple

Ref. 00066 left front Ref. 00067 right front1,0 mm.1,0 mm. 1,8 mm.

Ref. 00068 temple

SHORT PROFILE

3,5 mm

Eight hinge types for temple and front side with two platelengths and seven different joint widths are available toprovide you with the solution for most metal frame repairs.

1,5 mm. SHORT PROFILEM1,43,4 mm. 1,8 mm.

1,8 mm. SHORT PROFILEM1,44,0 mm. 1,8 mm.

M1,4

Ref. 00245 For flex sides 2,6 mm width

Ref. 00246 For flex sides 3,0 mm width

Ref. 00247 For flex sides 3,5 mm width

3,0 mm. 1,6 mm.

M1,42,6 mm. 1,6 mm.

0,9 mm.0,9 mm. 1,2 mm.

0,7 mm.0,7 mm. 1,2 mm.

1,2/1,5 mm. SHORT PROFILE

For flexible joint sides

Solder HingesFor temples and front sides and for flexible joint sides

15

M1,43,5 mm. 1,6 mm.1,0 mm.1,0 mm. 1,5 mm.

Ref. 01552SOLDER HINGE KIT260 assorted hinges including the following models:Ref. 59, 60, 61, 62, 65, 77, 80, 81, 82,83, 95, 96, 97 - 13 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

10+10 pcs.

1.1

M1,4 FOR METAL SIDES

3,6 mm.Ref. 00324 Ref. 00324G Gold 1,8 mm. M1,4

4,0 mm.Ref. 00325 Ref. 00325G Gold 1,8 mm. M1,4

4,6 mm.Ref. 00300 Ref. 00300G Gold 1,8 mm. M1,4

5,5 mm.Ref. 00301 Ref. 00301G Gold 1,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00301B Gun

6,8 mm.Ref. 00302 Ref. 00302G Gold 1,8 mm. M1,4

8,5 mm.Ref. 00303 1,8 mm. M1,4

9,5 mm.Ref. 00304 1,8 mm. M1,4

PAD SCREWS

4,2 mm.Ref. 00340

Ref. 00341

Ref. 00343 S/Steel

Ref. 00398 Oversized S/Steel pad screw

Ref. 00345 S/Steel, Phillips head

Ref. 00341G Gold

Ref. 00341B Gun

1,1 mm. M0,8

4,1 mm.1,4 mm. M1,0

4,1 mm.1,4 mm. M1,0

4,2 mm.1,4 mm. M1,1

4,5 mm.1,4 mm. M1,0

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

5,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,4

4,4 mm.1,7 mm. M1,0 NEW

Nickel-Silver ScrewsContinuous thread screws for metal sides and pads - Pad screws

16

Ref. 01506KIT OF NICKEL-SILVER SCREWS FOR METAL SIDES 1200 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 324, 325, 340,341, 341B, 343, 398 - 12 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

1.2

M1,4 FOR ACETATE SIDES

Nickel-Silver ScrewsLarge head continuous thread screws for acetate sides - Trim screws

17

Ref. 01510KIT OF NICKEL-SILVER AND STAINLESSSTEEL SCREWS FOR PLASTIC SIDES 1000 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 305, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 348,349, 392, 393 - 10 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

4,3 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00332G GoldRef. 00332

5,2 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00310G GoldRef. 00310

6,2 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00311G GoldRef. 00311

6,8 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00312G GoldRef. 00312

7,8 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00313G GoldRef. 00313

9,0 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00314

13,0 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4Ref. 00318

M1,2 FOR TRIMS3,4 mm.2,2 mm. M1,2Ref. 00346

M1,6 FOR ACETATE SIDES

9,5 mm.2,5 mm. M1,6Nuts Ref. 00306Ref. 00305

4,1 mm.2,2 mm. M1,2Ref. 00347

3,4 mm.2,8 mm. M1,2Ref. 00348

4,1 mm.2,8 mm. M1,2Ref. 00349

LARGE HEAD FOR METAL SIDE JOINT

3,5 mm.3,0 mm. M1,4Ref. 00392

4,5 mm.3,0 mm. M1,4Ref. 00393

3,5 mm.3,0 mm. M1,6Ref. 00395

4,0 mm.3,0 mm. M1,6Ref. 00396

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

NEW

1.2

Stainless Steel ScrewsM1,2, M1,4, M1,6 for rim locking blocks and temple hinges

18

Ref. 01516KIT OF STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS FOR RIMLOCKING BLOCKS AND TEMPLE HINGES1200 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 382, 383, 384,

385, 386, 387 - 11 x 100 pcs./Ref.,Ref. 370L, 374L - 2 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

M1,2 CONTINUOUS THREAD

2,3 mm.Ref. 00362 1,8 mm. M1,2

3,1 mm.Ref. 00383 1,8 mm. M1,2

50 pcs. L = with thread lock

4,2 mm.Ref. 00385 Ref. 00385L 1,8 mm. M1,2

6,0 mm.Ref. 00384 Ref. 00384L 1,8 mm. M1,2

M1,4 CONTINUOUS THREAD

3,1 mm.Ref. 00374 1,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00374L3,8 mm.Ref. 00370 1,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00370L3,8 mm.Ref. 00370B Gun 1,8 mm. M1,4

4,7 mm.Ref. 00371 1,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00371L

2,7 mm.Ref. 00352 2,0 mm. M1,4

3,5 mm.Ref. 00375 2,0 mm. M1,4

3,5 mm.Ref. 00375G 2,0 mm. M1,4

4,4 mm.Ref. 00359 2,0 mm. M1,4

4,2 mm.Ref. 00372 2,2 mm. M1,4Ref. 00372L5,0 mm.Ref. 00373 2,2 mm. M1,4Ref. 00373L

L = LOCKING SCREWS

TEFLON THREAD LOCK

M1,4 FOR ACETATE SIDES

4,5 mm.Ref. 00380 2,5 mm. M1,4

5,2 mm.Ref. 00381 2,5 mm. M1,4

5,7 mm.Ref. 00382 2,5 mm. M1,4

M1,6 FOR ACETATE SIDES

4,85 mm.Ref. 00386 2,8 mm. M1,6Ref. 00386L

5,6 mm.Ref. 00387 2,8 mm. M1,6Ref. 00387L

100 pcs.

50 pcs. L = with thread lock

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

50 pcs. L = with thread lock

100 pcs.

NEW

NEW

NEW

1.2

M1,2-M1,4 CONTINUOUS THREAD

3,6 mm.Ref. 00215 2,0 mm. M1,44,4 mm.Ref. 00216 2,0 mm. M1,44,7 mm.Ref. 00217 2,0 mm. M1,4

Stainless Steel ScrewsM1,2 - M1,4 - M1,6 Phillips head and Self-Locking

19

Ref. 01522PHILLIPS HEAD STAINLESS STEEL SCREW KIT 525 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 215, 216, 217 - 3 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 420, 421, 422 - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.Ref. 436, 437, 438 - 3 Ref. x 25 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

M1,4 HALF THREAD

3,2 mm.Ref. 00420 2,0 mm. M1,4

3,7 mm.Ref. 00421 2,0 mm. M1,4

4,5 mm.Ref. 00422 2,0 mm. M1,4

M1,2-M1,4 SELF-LOCKING

3,2 mm.Ref. 00436 2,0 mm. M1,4

3,6 mm.Ref. 00424 2,0 mm. M1,4

4,2 mm.Ref. 00437 2,0 mm. M1,4

4,6 mm.Ref. 00429 2,0 mm. M1,4

5,0 mm.Ref. 00438 2,0 mm. M1,4

NYLON SELF-LOCKINGSYSTEM

SELF-LOCKING WITH TEFLON TUBE

3,5 mm.Ref. 00200 2,0 mm. M1,4

4,0 mm.Ref. 00201 2,0 mm. M1,4

4,5 mm.Ref. 00202 2,0 mm. M1,4

5,7 mm.Ref. 00207 2,5 mm. M1,4

4,0 mm.Ref. 00211 2,5 mm. M1,6

4,6 mm.Ref. 00212 2,5 mm. M1,6

TEFLON TUBE FOR SMOOTHHINGE MOVEMENT ANDSELF-LOCKING SYSTEM

Ref. 00200G Gold

100 pcs.

50 pcs.

25 pcs.

50 pcs.

NEW

1.2

Ref. 00219Ref. 00218

4,4 mm.1,8 mm. M1,23,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,2 NEW

NEW

3,2 mm.Ref. 00228 1,8 mm. M1,2

M1,2-M1,4 CONTINUOUS THREAD

2,8 mm.Ref. 00222 2,2 mm. M1,2

2,5 mm.Ref. 00223 2,5 mm. M1,4

2,8 mm.Ref. 00224 2,5 mm. M1,4

100 pcs.

NEWNEWNEW

Ref. 00223L Self-locking - 50 pcs.

Ref. 00224L Self-locking - 50 pcs.

2,0 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,5

2,0 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,3

2,0 mm. 3,1 mm.M1,2

2,0 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,2

2,0 mm. 4,0 mm.M1,2

1,4 mm. 2,5 mm.M1,0

2,0 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,4

2,0 mm. 4,0 mm.M1,4

2,0 mm. 4,5 mm.M1,4

Ref. 00282 Nickel Ref. 00282G Gold

SELF-ALIGNING SPRING HINGE SCREWS

2,0 mm. 3,1 mm.M1,4

2,0 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,6

100 pcs.

NEW

NEW

2,0 mm. 4,5 mm.M1,2

2,0 mm. 5,1 mm.M1,4

Aligns itself when you place-in.Snap-off the end when in place.

Ref. 01530SELF-ALIGNING SCREW KIT1000 assorted screwsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 280, 281, 283, 284, 286,287, 288, 289, 290, 29110 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

Ref. 00284 Nickel

Ref. 00286 Nickel

Ref. 00287 Nickel

Ref. 00280 Nickel

Ref. 00283 Nickel

Ref. 00289 Nickel

Ref. 00290 Nickel

Ref. 00291 Nickel

Ref. 00281 Nickel

Ref. 00288 Nickel

Ref. 00285 Nickel

Ref. 00292 Nickel

Ref. 00284G Gold

Ref. 00286G Gold

Ref. 00287G Gold

Ref. 00287B Gun

Ref. 00280B Gun

Ref. 00283B Gun

Ref. 00289G Gold

Ref. 00289B Gun

Ref. 00290G Gold

Ref. 00290B Gun

Ref. 00291G Gold

Ref. 00291B Gun

Ref. 00281B Gun

Ref. 00288B Gun

Ref. 00285B Gun

Ref. 00292G Gold

1,8 mm. 4,8 mm.M1,2Ref. 00270 Nickel

1,8 mm. 3,5 mm.M1,4Ref. 00273 Nickel

1,8 mm. 4,8 mm.M1,4Ref. 00274 Nickel

NEW

NEW

NEW

2,5 mm. 6,5 mm.M1,4Ref. 00294 Nickel

2,5 mm. 6,5 mm.M1,6Ref. 00297 Nickel

NEW

NEW

SPRING HINGE ASSEMBLY

Retaining screw for Ref. 00254Ref. 00295100 pcs.

Retaining screw for Ref. 00250 e 00252Ref. 00296100 pcs.

For flex sides 2,6 mm widthRef. 00254

For flex sides 3,0 mm widthRef. 00250

For flex sides 3,5 mm widthRef. 00252

1,2 mm. 10 pcs.

1,8 mm. 1,3 mm.M1,2

1,5 mm. 1,2 mm.M1,0

1,2 mm. 10 pcs.

1,5 mm. 10 pcs.

Ref. 00290

Ref. 00240

Ref. 00296

Ref. 00252

Ref. 00295

Spring Hinge ScrewsSelf-aligning screws - Spring assembly

10 pcs. 100 pcs.

20

1,8 mm. 2,8 mm.M1,4Ref. 00272 Nickel NEW

For flex sides 3,0 mm widthRef. 00251

For flex sides 3,5 mm widthRef. 00253

1,2 mm. 10 pcs. Length 15 mm

1,3 mm. 10 pcs. Length 19 mm

NEW

NEW

1.2

R.B. Screws and PadsAmerican and metric thread - Pads

21

R.B. VINTAGE B&L - AMERICAN THREAD

3,4 mm.Ref. 00357 Gold

Ref. 00358 Gold

1,7 mm. W1,3x0,40

3,4 mm.1,6 mm. W1,2x0,30

Ref. 00375 Nickel

Ref. 00200 50 pcs.

R.B. NEW - METRIC THREAD

3,5 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4

3,5 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4

Ref. 00375G Gold

Ref. 00200G Gold50 pcs.

Ref. 00215 Nickel Ref. 00216 Nickel Ref. 00217 Nickel

R.B. NEW - METRIC THREAD

3,6 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4

4,4 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4

4,7 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4

3,1 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4Ref. 00289B BlackRef. 00289 Nickel

4,0 mm.2,5 mm. M1,6

4,6 mm.2,5 mm. M1,6Ref. 00211 50 pcs. Ref. 00212 50 pcs.

EYEWIRE - PHILLIPS HEAD

EYEWIRE AND TEMPLE

TEMPLE HINGE - PLASTIC SELF-LOCKING SYSTEM

TEMPLE SPRING HINGE

EYEWIRE

TEMPLE

Ref. 01546R.B. SCREW KIT1000 screws:Ref. 215, 216, 217, 354,357, 358, 375, 375G8 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 200, 200G, 211, 2124 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

Ref. 00424 25 pcs. 3,6 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4

SILICONERef. 0059715 mm20 pcs.

ACETATERef. 0056518 mm20 pcs.

R.B. PADS

1.2

ACETATERef. 0056618 mm20 pcs.

R.B. NEW WF - METRIC THREAD 100 pcs.

Ref. 00354 Nickel 7,8 mm.2,0 mm. M1,2

R.B. NEW - METRIC THREAD 100 pcs.

Ref. 00223 Nickel 2,5mm.2,5 mm. M1,4 NEWRef. 00224 Nickel

Ref. 00223L Self-locking - 50 pcs.

Ref. 00224L Self-locking - 50 pcs. 2,8 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4 NEW

Special Stainless Steel ScrewsSelf-tapping and repair screws - Lens testing screw

22

SELF-TAPPING SCREWS

5,7 mm.Ref. 00432 Ref. 00432G Gold 2,0 mm. M1,4

SELF-TAPPING TIPTO SCREW-IN ANDSNAP-OFF

OVERSIZECONTINUOUS THREAD

SCREWS FOR REPAIRS M1,5

5,2 mm.Ref. 00331 1,8 mm. M1,5

50 pcs. L = with thread lock

7,3 mm.Ref. 00431 Oversized continuous thread 2,0 mm. M1,5

SCREWS FOR REPAIRS M1,3

6,0 mm.Ref. 00397 1,8 mm. M1,3

5,7 mm.Ref. 00399 2,5 mm. M1,3

4,7 mm.Ref. 00389 2,5 mm. M1,5

5,7 mm.Ref. 00390 2,5 mm. M1,5

Ref. 00389L

LENS TESTING SCREW

Ref. 00428 M1,4

To verify correct lens size.Ref. 01544KIT OF STAINLESS STEEL SELF-TAPPINGAND REPAIR SCREWS650 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 431, 432, 432G - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.Ref. 331, 389, 390, 397, 399 -5 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

50 pcs.

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

2 pcs.

SELF-TAPPING FOR PLASTIC HINGES

7,8 mm.Ref. 00220 2,0 mm. M1,4

100 pcs.

10,8 mm.Ref. 00221 Half thread 2,0 mm. M1,4

NEW

NEW

1.2

11,5 mm.

with thread lock

Self-tapping and Self-locking ScrewsContinuous thread screws with nylon locking system

23

FOR METAL FRAMES

11,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,2Ref. 00410

11,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,3Ref. 00411

11,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00412G Gold

11,5 mm.1,8 mm. M1,5Ref. 00413G Gold

11,5 mm.2,8 mm. M1,3Ref. 00414

11,5 mm.2,8 mm. M1,4Ref. 00415

11,5 mm.2,8 mm. M1,5Ref. 00416

11,5 mm.2,8 mm. M1,6Ref. 00417

SELF-ALIGNINGCONENYLON LOCKING

SYSTEM

CONTINUOUS THREAD

SELF-ALIGNINGCONE

NYLON LOCKINGSYSTEM

CONTINUOUS THREAD

Stainless steel bushes for titanium frames

STAINLESS STEEL BUSHES FOR TITANIUM FRAMES

Ref. 00258 Nickel

Ref. 00259 Nickel

1,25 mm.

1,45 mm.

2,5 mm.

2,5 mm.

Ref. 01540SELF-BLOCKING AND SELF-TAPPINGSCREW KIT400 assorted screws including the following models:Ref. 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415,416, 417 - 8 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

FOR ACETATE FRAMES

The bush between the temple and the hinge madeof titanium guarantees a smooth movement therebyavoiding friction.

• Place bushes into temple

• Place temple inside the hinge

• Tighten the screw.

50 pcs.

50 pcs.

100 pcs.

NEWNEW

Screw in and snap-offfor a fast repair.

1.2

Ref. 00412

Ref. 00413

NEW

NEW

NICKEL-SILVER SCREW+WASHER+NUT M1,2

Ref. 00365 Screw + nut + washer Ref. 00366 14 mm. Ref. 003682,5 mm. M1,2

NICKEL-SILVER SCREW+NUT M1,2

13 mm.Ref. 00361 Screw+nut

Ref. 00361LSelf-locking screw 50+50 pcs.

Ref. 00361G Gold

Ref. 00361B Gun50+50 pcs.

2,2 mm. M1,2

13 mm.2,5 mm. M1,2

Ref. 00368

13 mm.2,2 mm. M1,2 Ref. 00368

Ref. 00368Ref. 00351 Screw+nut Ref. 00351G Gold

NICKEL-SILVER SCREW+NUT M1,2

STAINLESS STEEL SCREW+NUT M1,2

Ref. 00308 Screw+nut Ref. 00308G GoldRef. 00308B Gun

Ref. 0036813 mm.2,5 mm. M1,2

Ref. 0036813 mm.2,5 mm. M1,2

NICKEL-SILVER STAR HEAD SCREW+NUT M1,2

13 mm.Ref. 00355 Screw+nut Ref. 00355G GoldRef. 00355B Gun

2,55 mm. M1,2 Ref. 00368Ref. 0036813 mm.2,55 mm. M1,2

STAINLESS STEEL HEXAGONAL HEAD+NUT M1,2

Ref. 00315 Screw+nut Ref. 00315B Gun Ref. 0036812 mm.2,0 mm. M1,2

100+100+100

100+100

50+50

50+50

50+50

50+50

13 mm.2,5 mm. M1,3 Ref. 00307Ref. 00322 Screw+nut

NICKEL-SILVER SCREW+NUT M1,3 50+50

Rimless Screws M1,2-M1,3Nickel-silver and stainless steel screws complete with nuts

24

RimlessScrew

PlasticBush

PlasticWasher

HexNut

DomeNut

PlasticScrew Cap

1.3

MetalWasher

Ideal Rimless Assembly

MetalWasher

M1,2M1,4

Screw 1,2Screw 1,4

Ref. 00443

Ref. 00444

Ref. 00360

Ref. 00350

Ref. 00367

Ref. 00388

Ref. 00443

Ref. 00444

Ref. 00368

Ref. 00369

Ref. 00342

Ref. 00344

Ref. 00447

Ref. 00448

NEW

Ref. 01565SCREWS AND RIMLESS ASSEMBLY M1,2 KIT 1250 assorted pieces including the following models:Ref. 361 - 1 Ref. x (100+100) pcs.Ref. 308, 351, 351G, 355, 361B -5 Ref. x (50+50) pcs./Ref.Ref. 360, 367, 443, 447 - 4 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 342, 342G, 342B - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

FLAT METAL WASHERS

Ref. 00366 Nickel - countersink for screw

Ref. 00443G Gold

Ref. 00443B Gun0,3 mm.2,5 mm. 1,25 mm.

0,3 mm.2,5 mm. 1,25 mm.

0,6 mm.2,5 mm. 1,25 mm.

Ref. 00443 Nickel

PLASTIC WASHERS

Ref. 00367 Flat washer 1,25 mm.2,5 mm. 0,4 mm.

PLASTIC BUSHES

Ref. 00360 Regular bush

Ref. 00433 Conical bush

1,25 mm.2,5 mm.

Ref. 00447 Screw cap 1,25 mm. 3,8 mm.2,7 mm.

SILICONE RIMLESS SCREW CAPS

Ref. 02320

1,25 mm.2,5 mm. Ref. 02321

DOME NUTS

Ref. 00342G Gold

Ref. 00342B Gun

Ref. 00342 Nickel Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2

ALL-IN-ONE WASHER AND NUT

Ref. 00260 Nickel Ref. 00260G Gold Ref. 022702,5 mm. M1,22,0 mm.

Ref. 00262 Nickel Ref. 00262G Gold Ref. 022702,9 mm. M1,22,0 mm.

SELF-LOCKING HEXAGONAL NUTS

Ref. 00264 Nickel

Teflon® locking washer

Ref. 022722,25 mm. M1,2

Rimless Assembly M1,2Washers, bushes and screw caps

25

Special Nuts M1,2

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

50 pcs.

50 pcs.

50 pcs.

1.3

Drill Ø 1,65 mm

Drill Ø 1,70 mm

FOR NORMAL LENSES

Ref. 00356 Screw+nut Ref. 00356G Gold

Ref. 00353 Screw+nut

Ref. 00353L Self-lockingscrew 50+50 pcs.

Ref. 00353G Gold

Ref. 00353B Gun

Ref. 00309 Screw+nut Ref. 00309G GoldRef. 00309B Gun

Ref. 0036911 mm.Ref. 00319 Screw+nut 2,5 mm. M1,4

NICKEL-SILVER SCREW+NUT

NICKEL-SILVER STAR HEAD SCREW+NUT

STAINLESS STEEL SCREW+NUT

STAINLESS STEEL PHILLIPS HEAD+NUT

Ref. 0033813 mm.

Ref. 00320N Nickel

2,5 mm. M1,4

Ref. 0033813 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4

Ref. 0033814 mm.Ref. 00320 Gold 2,5 mm. M1,4

STAINLESS STEEL DIAMONTÉ HEAD+NUT

Ref. 0033813 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4

Ref. 0033813 mm.2,5 mm. M1,4

STAINLESS STEEL HEXAGONAL HEAD+NUT

Ref. 0033813 mm.2,55mm. M1,4

Ref. 00316 Screw+nut

Ref. 00317 Screw+nut

Ref. 00316B Gun

Ref. 00317B Gun

Ref. 0033812 mm.2,0 mm. M1,4

Ref. 0033812 mm.2,2 mm. M1,4

Rimless Screws M1,4Nickel-silver and stainless steel screws complete with nuts

26

FOR THICK LENSESTwo Plastic Bushes

for a better fit

50+50

50+50

50+50

50+50

10+10

100+100

1.3

Ideal Rimless Assembly: Plastic Bushes and Washers

PlasticBush

PlasticWasher

M1,2M1,4

Ref. 00360

Ref. 00350

Ref. 00367

Ref. 00388

M1,2M1,4

Ref. 00360

Ref. 00350

Ref. 01573SCREWS AND RIMLESS ASSEMBLY M1,4 KIT1050 assorted pieces including the following models:Ref. 309, 353, 353G, 353B, 356 -5 Ref. x (50+50) pcs./Ref.Ref. 350, 388, 444, 448 - 4 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 344, 344G, 344B - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

FLAT METAL WASHERS

Ref. 00379 Nickel - countersunk for screw

Ref. 00444G Gold

Ref. 00444B Gun0,3 mm.2,5 mm. 1,45 mm.

0,3 mm.2,5 mm. 1,45 mm.

0,3 mm.3,0 mm. 1,45 mm.

0,55 mm.2,5 mm. 1,45 mm.

PLASTIC BUSHES

1,45 mm.2,5 mm.

Ref. 00448 Screw cap 1,45 mm. 3,8 mm.2,7 mm.

SILICONE RIMLESS SCREW CAPS

Ref. 00458G Gold

Ø 1,85 mm.

1,45 mm.2,5 mm. Ø 1,80 mm.

PLASTIC WASHERS

1,45 mm.2,5 mm. 0,4 mm.

DOME NUTS

Ref. 00344G Gold

Ref. 00344B Gun

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4

ALL-IN-ONE WASHER AND NUT

Ref. 00261 Nickel Ref. 00261G Gold Ref. 022702,5 mm. M1,42,0 mm.

Ref. 00263 Nickel Ref. 00263G Gold Ref. 022702,9 mm. M1,42,0 mm.

SELF-LOCKING HEXAGONAL NUTS

Ref. 00265 Nickel

Teflon® locking washer

Ref. 022722,25 mm. M1,4

Rimless Assembly M1,4Washers, bushes and screws caps

27

Special Nuts M1,4

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

50 pcs.

50 pcs.

50 pcs.

Ref. 00444 Nickel

Ref. 00444K 300 pcs. -20%NEW

Ref. 00458 NickelRef. 00458K 300 pcs. -20% NEW

Ref. 00344 Nickel

Ref. 00344K 300 pcs. -20% NEW

Ref. 00350 Regular bush

Ref. 00434 Conical bush

300 pcs.

Ref. 00350K NEW

100 pcs.

Ref. 00388 Flat washer

300 pcs.

Ref. 00388K Flat washer

100 pcs.

NEW

INCLINED METAL WASHERS 50 pcs.

NEWRef. 00257 Nickel - Ideal for high power negative lenses 1,1 mm.3,0 mm. 1,45 mm.

1.3

SLEEVES

Ref. 00463 Hollow - Medium Hard 2,2 mm. 7,4 mm.

Ref. 00454 Medium Soft Ref. 00454K 1,4 mm.3,0 mm. 7,4 mm.

Ref. 00454S Soft Ref. 00454SK 1,4 mm.3,0 mm. 7,2 mm.

Ref. 00449 Medium Hard Ref. 00449K 1,5 mm.3,0 mm. 7,4 mm.

Ref. 00457 Medium Hard 2,0 mm.3,0 mm. 7,4 mm.

Single and Double Sleeves for Rimless Frames50 pcs.

Ref. 00440 Soft 1,8 mm.3,0 mm. 7,2 mm.

Ref. 00460 Hollow - Hard Ref. 00460K 1,4 mm.3,0 mm. 7,4 mm.

Ref. 00454H Hard Ref. 00454HK 1,4 mm.3,0 mm. 7,2 mm.

NEWRef. 00446 Medium hard 1,5 mm. 5,0 mm.

Nuts and Special Rimless PartsDome nuts, All-in-one washers and nuts, Self-locking Nickel-Silver nuts

28

DOME NUTS

Ref. 00342G Gold

Ref. 00342B Gun

Ref. 00342 Nickel

Ref. 00342K 300 pcs. -20%

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2

Ref. 00344G Gold

Ref. 00344B Gun

Ref. 00344 Nickel

Ref. 00344K 300 pcs. -20%

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4

ALL-IN-ONE WASHER AND NUT

Ref. 00260 Nickel Ref. 00260G Gold Ref. 022702,5 mm. M1,22,0 mm.

Ref. 00262 Nickel Ref. 00262G Gold Ref. 022702,9 mm. M1,22,0 mm.

Ref. 00261 Nickel Ref. 00261G Gold Ref. 022702,5 mm. M1,42,0 mm.

Ref. 00263 Nickel Ref. 00263G Gold Ref. 022702,9 mm. M1,42,0 mm.

SELF-LOCKING HEXAGONAL NUTS

Ref. 00264 Nickel

Teflon® locking washer

Ref. 022722,25 mm. M1,2

Ref. 00265 Nickel Ref. 022722,25 mm. M1,4

LONG STAINLESS STEEL THREADED PINS

Ref. 00248 M1,2 10 mm.

Ref. 00249 M1,4 10 mm.

FLAT PLASTIC AND NICKEL-SILVER WASHERS

0,4 mm.3,0 mm. 2,0 mm.Ref. 00459G GoldRef. 00459 Nickel

Ref. 00439 Plastic 2,0 mm.3,0 mm. 0,5 mm.

Spare parts for soldered joints

50 pcs.

50 pcs.

50 pcs.

50 pcs.

100 pcs.

1.3

1. Insert pins into sleeve2. Cut to size

HOLLOW DOUBLE SLEEVE

1. Cut pins to lens size2. Insert into sleeve

REGULAR DOUBLE SLEEVE

Ref. 00462 Hollow - Medium Hard 1,6 mm. 7,3 mm. NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

300 pcs.-20%-20%

NEWRef. 00460S Soft - Hollow 1,4 mm.3,0 mm. 7,4 mm.

NEW

Nuts and Special PartsHexagonal, Star and Extended Nuts

29

Ref. 00368 Nickel

Ref. 00368L Self-locking 50 pcs.

Ref. 00339 Nickel

Ref. 00369 Nickel

Ref. 00368G Gold

Ref. 00368B Gun

Ref. 00339G Gold

Ref. 00298 Nickel

Ref. 00307 Nickel

Ref. 00338 Nickel

Ref. 00338L Self-locking 50 pcs.

Ref. 00321 Nickel

Ref. 00306 Nickel

Ref. 00298G Gold

Ref. 00338G Gold

Ref. 00338B Gun

HEXAGONAL NUTS

Ref. 022702,0 mm. M1,2

Ref. 022702,0 mm. M1,2

Ref. 022702,0 mm. M1,4Ref. 022742,5 mm. M1,4

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,3Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,5

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,6

STAR NUTS

Ref. 02270Hexagonal 2,0 mm

Ref. 02276Star 2,6 mm

Ref. 02274Hexagonal 2,5 mm

Extended nuts with washers - Slotted nuts

Ref. 00450 Nickel

Ref. 00451 Nickel

Ref. 00452 Nickel

Ref. 00453 Nickel

Ref. 00450G Gold

Ref. 00452G Gold

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,2

Ref. 022762,6 mm. M1,4

Ø 1,75 x 1,4 mm.

Ø 1,75 x 1,4 mm.

Ø 1,75 x 2,7 mm.

Ø 1,75 x 2,7 mm.

Ø

Ref. 00267 Nickel Ref. 00267G Gold Ref. 022783,0 mm. M1,4

SLOTTED NUTS

EXTENDED NUTS WITH WASHERS

Ref. 01575NICKEL-SILVER NUT KIT1100 assorted nuts including the following models:M1,2Ref. 298, 368, 368G, 368B - 4 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 260, 262, 264 - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.M1,4Ref. 338, 338G, 338B, 339 - 4 Ref. x 100 pcs./Ref.Ref. 261, 263, 265 - 3 Ref. x 50 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

50+50 pcs.

50 pcs.

1.3

NUTDRIVERS

Ref. 01556RIM LOCKING BLOCKSAND PAD ARM KIT80 assorted articles including thefollowing models:Ref. 514, 518, 521, 522, 528, 534,538, 548 - 8 Ref. x 10 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

Ref. 00521 Nickel Ref. 00522 Gold

Ref. 00470 25 pcs. threaded25 pcs. unthreaded

M1,4

RIM LOCKING BLOCKS

Ref. 00514For half eye frames

Ref. 00516For Supra andfull eye frames

Ref. 00518Multi-purpose

Ref. 00520For small frames

Ref. 00534 Gold

Ref. 00536 Gold

Ref. 00538 Gold

Ref. 00540 Gold

SCREW FIXING PAD ARMS Ref. 003415 left - 5 right

B&L TYPE FIXING 5 left - 5 right

Ref. 00528 Ref. 00548 Gold

PUSH-ON FIXING 5 left - 5 right

2,0 mm.

M1,4

M1,4

2,0 mm.

4,0 mm.

4,5 mm.

Ref. 00472 2,4 mm width

Ref. 00473 2,4 mm width

50 pcs.

10 pcs.

10 pcs.

10 pcs.

Rim Locking Blocks - Pad ArmsTo solder - Screw, push-on and B&L fixing pad arms

30

1.4

Pad Arms for Plastic FramesIdeal for Asian people

Ref. 00530Titanium pad arms for plastic frames4 screws Ref. 00341 included

SCREW FIXING TITANIUM PAD ARMS Ref. 003412 left - 2 right4 pcs.

Ref. 01555NOSE PAD ARM KITComplete with:• Titanium pad arms Ref. 00530 (two pairs).• Special pad arm holding plier. • Tool holder with 1,5 mm twist drill HSS.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

• Drill the hole with the handdrill.

• Place the pad arm intothe plier.

• Slowly press the pad arminto the hole.

• Fit the other pad arm.• Screw in the pads.

MOUNTING PAD ARMS ON A PLASTIC FRAME

31

1.4

Nose PadsEasy Navigation System

32

1.5

• SILICONE

• SLIM LINE

• AIRPAD

• BIOFEEL

COMPLETE ASSORTMENT

LARGE ASSORTMENT

BLUE colour for:

COMPLETE ASSORTMENT

LARGE ASSORTMENT

• BIOMEDICAL PVC

HYPOALLERGENIC

• PVC

GREEN colour for:

33

1.5

COMPLETE ASSORTMENT

LARGE ASSORTMENT

SPECIAL MATERIAL:

• TITANIUM

• GLASS

• POLYCARBONATE

SPECIAL FIXING:

• TITANIUM AND

STAINLESS STEEL

• PRIMADONNA

• SYSTEM 3

• VARIOUS

ORANGE colour for:

Packaging

Joinable boxes for 20 pads with divider for left and right

SMALLfor small pads

MEDIUMfor medium pads

LARGEfor large pads

Stackable boxes for 100 pads with divider for left and right

D-SHAPE

Ref. 0148015 mm

Ref. 0148417 mm

Ref. 0148819 mm

Ref. 01480D

Ref. 01484D

Ref. 01488D

Ref. 01481Ø 9 mm

Ref. 01481D

Ref. 0148510 mm

Ref. 01485D

Ref. 0146513 mm

Ref. 01465D

Ref. 0146615 mm

Ref. 01466D

Ref. 0146717 mm

Ref. 01467D

Ref. 0146819 mm

Ref. 01468D

SYMMETRICAL 20 pcs.

Ref. 01480H

Ref. 01484H

Ref. 01488H

Ref. 01481H

Ref. 01485H

Ref. 01465H

Ref. 01466H

Ref. 01467H

Ref. 01468H

100 pcs.

Silicone Nose PadsComfortable fitting, non slip - fixing

34

-20%-20%-20%-20%

Ref. 01802SILICONE SCREW-INNOSE PAD KIT 180 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1465, 1466, 1467,1468, 1480, 1481, 1485,1484, 14889 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

SILICONE

20 pcs.

500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

NEW

1.5

SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS

Silicone Nose PadsComfortable fitting, non slip - fixing

D-SHAPE

Ref. 0148215 mm

Ref. 0148617 mm

Ref. 0149019 mm

Ref. 01483Ø 9 mm

Ref. 0148710 mm

Ref. 0146013 mm

Ref. 0146115 mm

Ref. 0146217 mm

Ref. 0146319 mm

SYMMETRICAL

Ref. 01482H

Ref. 01486H

Ref. 01490H

Ref. 01483H

Ref. 01487H

Ref. 01460H

Ref. 01461H

Ref. 01462H

Ref. 01463H

Ref. 01804SILICONE PUSH-ONNOSE PAD KIT 180 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1460, 1461, 1462,1463, 1482, 1483, 1486,1487, 14909 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

35

100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

Ref. 01482D

Ref. 01486D

Ref. 01490D

Ref. 01483D

Ref. 01487D

Ref. 01460D

Ref. 01461D

Ref. 01462D

Ref. 01463D

SILICONE

20 pcs. 500 pcs.

20 pcs.

SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS

100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

NEW

1.5

STRAP BRIDGES 5 pcs.

Ref. 01812SILICONESTRAP-BRIDGE KIT 40 assorted strapbridges including thefollowing models:Ref. 1489, 1491, 1492,1493, 1494, 1495, 1496,1497 - 8 Ref. x 5 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

Ref. 01489BABY23,5 mm

Ref. 01492JUNIOR30,5 mm

Ref. 01493MEDIUM 36,5 mm

Ref. 01491SMALL26,5 mm

STRAP BRIDGES

Ref. 01494BABY23,5 mm

Ref. 01496JUNIOR30,5 mm

Ref. 01497MEDIUM 36,5 mm

Ref. 01495SMALL26,5 mm

SILICONE

SILICONE

5 pcs.

Silicone Strap BridgesComfortable fitting, non slip - fixing

36

1.5

Ref. 00500DØ 9 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 00502D11 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 00503D13 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 00504D15 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 00500T

Ref. 00502T

Ref. 00503T

Ref. 00504T

Silicone Pads-Large Packs for LaboratoriesComfortable fitting, non slip - fixing - Special fixing

37

SILICONE 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER 1000 pcs.

SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

SILICONE 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER 1000 pcs.

SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

SILICONE

SILICONE

Ref. 00509D15 mmD-Shape

Ref. 00510D17 mmD-Shape

Ref. 00509T

Ref. 00510T

SPECIAL OFFERFOR 20 ASSORTEDPACKS

1.5

NEW

NEW

Ref. 00505DØ 9 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 00506D11 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 00507D13 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 00508D15 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 00505T

Ref. 00506T

Ref. 00507T

Ref. 00508T

Ref. 00512D15 mmD-Shape

Ref. 00513D17 mmD-Shape

Ref. 00512T

Ref. 00513T

NEW

NEW

SILICONE 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER 1000 pcs.

SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

Ref. 00511DØ 9,5 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 00511T NEW

SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS

Ref. 01470Ø 9 mm

Ref. 01470D

Ref. 0147111 mm

Ref. 01471D

Ref. 0147213 mm

Ref. 01472D

Ref. 0147315 mm

Ref. 01473D

Ref. 01475Ø 9 mm

Ref. 01475D

Ref. 0147611 mm

Ref. 01476D

Ref. 0147713 mm

Ref. 01477D

Ref. 0147815 mm

Ref. 01478D

Ref. 01470H

Ref. 01471H

Ref. 01472H

Ref. 01473H

Ref. 01475H

Ref. 01476H

Ref. 01477H

Ref. 01478H

Ref. 01808“SLIM LINE” SILICONENOSE PAD KIT160 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1470, 1471, 1472,1473, 1475, 1476,1477, 1478 8 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

SILICONE

SILICONE

SYMMETRICAL

SYMMETRICAL 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%20 pcs. 500 pcs.

20 pcs.

SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

Silicone Nose Pads “Slim Line” 1,5 mmComfortable fitting, non slip - fixing

38

1.5

SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS

Ref. 01832“SLIM LINE”POLYCARBONATE NOSE PAD KIT120 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1780, 1784, 1785,1786, 1787, 17886 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

SCREW-IN

PUSH-ON

Ref. 01780Clear12 mm

Ref. 01784Clear10 mm

Ref. 01786Clear12,5 mm

Ref. 01785Clear12 mm

Ref. 01787Clear10 mm

Ref. 01788Clear12,5 mm

Ref. 01785H

Ref. 01787H

Ref. 01788H

Ref. 01780H

Ref. 01784H

Ref. 01786H

POLYCARBONATE

POLYCARBONATE

20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

Titanium and Polycarbonate Nose Pads “Slim Line” 1,0 mmThin and lightweight - Hard and long-lasting - fixing

39

1.5

TITANIUM

TITANIUM

SCREW-INRef. 01745Polished titanium11,7 mm

10 pcs.

PUSH-ON

Ref. 01747Polished titanium11,7 mm

10 pcs.

Ref. 01746Polished titanium13 mm

Ref. 01748Polished titanium13 mm

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

HYPOALLERGENIC

HYPOALLERGENIC

100% COMFORTHYPOALLERGENIC

Softsilicone forsensitiveskin

Hypoallergenicmaterial

Air chamberThe weight of theframe is evenly spread

Ref. 0173311 mm

Ref. 0173514,5 mm

Ref. 0173617 mm

Ref. 0173813 mm

Ref. 01733H11 mm

Ref. 01735H14,5 mm

Ref. 01736H17 mm

Ref. 0173112 pairs screw-in4 pairs push-onTray included

“Airpad” 100% Comfort - HypoallergenicAir Cushion Silicone Nose Pads - fixing

40

SCREW-IN 20 pcs.

PUSH-ON 20 pcs.

100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

REFILL

DISPLAY

16 boxes - 1 pair per box

Ref. 0173012 pairs screw-in4 pairs push-on

16 boxes - 1 pair per box

SYMMETRICAL

100% COMFORTHYPOALLERGENIC

1.5

Ref. 01738H Ref. 0173914,5 mm

20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

Ref. 01739H NEW

Ref. 0172312,6 mm

Ref. 0171212,6 mm

Ref. 01723V12,6 mm

Ref. 01712V12,6 mm

Ref. 01711Biofeel screw-inRefill for counter displayTray included

Ref. 01722Biofeel push-onRefill for counter displayTray included

The weight of theframe is evenly spread

100% Comfort Biofeel® - HypoallergenicGel Cushion Silicone Nose Pads - fixing

41

SCREW-IN 10 pcs.

PUSH-ON 10 pcs.

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

REFILL

DISPLAY

Ref. 01718Biofeel assorted pads8 boxes screw-in - 8 boxes push-on

16 boxes - 1 pair per box

16 boxes - 1 pair per box

Ref. 01710Biofeel screw-in pads16 boxes

Ref. 01719Biofeel push-on pads16 boxes

SYMMETRICAL

Anti-allergicmembrane

Soft surfacefor sensitiveskin

Softtransparentbase

Gel pad

1.5

100% COMFORTHYPOALLERGENIC100% COMFORTHYPOALLERGENIC

SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS

Ref. 01770H

Ref. 01771H

Ref. 01773H

Ref. 01772H

Ref. 01774H

Ref. 01770D

Ref. 01771D

Ref. 01773D

Ref. 01772D

Ref. 01774D

Ref. 01770 Ø 9 mm2,1 mm

Ref. 0177113 mm1,9 mm

Ref. 0177313,5 mm2,1 mm

Ref. 0177214,5 mm2,1 mm

Ref. 0177416 mm2,1 mm

Ref. 01775H

Ref. 01776H

Ref. 01777H

Ref. 01778H

Ref. 01775D

Ref. 01776D

Ref. 01777D

Ref. 01778D

Ref. 01775Ø 9 mm2,1 mm

Ref. 0177613 mm1,9 mm

Ref. 0177713,5 mm2,1 mm

Ref. 0177814,5 mm2,1 mm

SYMMETRICAL

SYMMETRICAL

Ref. 01814BIOMEDICAL PVCNOSE PAD KIT180 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1770, 1771, 1772,1773, 1774, 1775, 1776,1777, 1778 9 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

20 pcs.

500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

BIOMEDICAL PVC

Biomedical PVC Nose Pads - Hypoallergenic Soft and hypoallergenic; with polycarbonate insert - fixing

42

BIOMEDICAL PVC

1.5

Ref. 01822GLASS NOSE PAD KIT120 assorted nosepads including thefollowing models:Ref. 550, 551, 554,555, 556, 5576 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

SCREW-IN

PUSH-ON

Ref. 00550Ø 9 mm

Ref. 0055412 mm

Ref. 0055615 mm

Ref. 0055817 mm

Ref. 00551Ø 9 mm

Ref. 0055512 mm

Ref. 0055715 mm

Ref. 0055917 mm

GLASS

GLASS

20 pcs.

20 pcs.

Glass Nose Pads - Hypoallergenic Hypoallergenic tempered glass long lasting and unbreakable - fixing

43

1.5

Ref. 0057014,5 mm

Ref. 0057218,5 mm

Ref. 0057620,0 mm

Ref. 0056714,5 mm

Ref. 0057318,5 mm

Ref. 0057720,0 mm

Ref. 0057114,5 mm

Ref. 00580JUNIOR28 mm

Ref. 00582MEDIUM33 mm

Ref. 0056817,5 mm

Ref. 00568H Ref. 0056417,5 mm

Ref. 0056012,0 mm

Screw Ref. 00341

ClearSilver insert

ClearGold insert

PinkGold insert

ClearSilver insert

ClearGold insert

ClearSilver insert

ClearSilver insert

Ref. 0058113,0 mm

Ref. 00570H

Ref. 00572H

Ref. 00560H

Ref. 00581H

PVC Nose Pads with Metal InsertSemi hard - long lasting - fixing

44

D-SHAPE 20 pcs.

Screw Ref. 00341SYMMETRICAL 20 pcs.

Ref. 01818PVC SCREW-IN NOSE PAD KIT200 assorted nose pads includingthe following models:Ref. 560, 564, 567, 568, 570, 571,572, 573, 576, 57710 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

STRAP BRIDGES 10 pcs. Screw Ref. 00341

PVC

100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

NEW

NEW

1.5

Ref. 0057912,0 mm

Ref. 0058614,5 mm

Ref. 0059418,5 mm

Ref. 0058820,0 mm

Ref. 0058514,5 mm

Ref. 00592JUNIOR28 mm

Ref. 00596MEDIUM33 mm

Ref. 00591JUNIOR28 mm

ClearSilver insert

ClearGold insert

Ref. 0056112,0 mm

ClearSilver insert

ClearSilver insert

ClearGold insert

Ref. 0058313,0 mm

PVC Nose Pads with Metal InsertSemi hard - long lasting - fixing

45

D-SHAPE 20 pcs.

SYMMETRICAL 20 pcs.

Ref. 01820PVC PUSH-ON NOSE PAD KIT100 assorted nose pads including thefollowing models:Ref. 561, 585, 586, 588, 5945 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

STRAP BRIDGES 10 pcs.

PVC

100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20%

Ref. 00586H

Ref. 00594H

Ref. 00561H

Ref. 00583H

NEW

NEW

1.5

Ref. 01761Ø 8 mm

Ref. 01761H

Ref. 01762Ø 9,5 mm

Ref. 01762H

Ref. 0176312 mm

Ref. 01765Ø 9,5 mm

Ref. 01765H

Ref. 0176612 mm bayonet type

Ref. 01766H

Ref. 01763H

Ref. 0176711,5 mm

Ref. 01767H

Ref. 01761D

Ref. 01762D

Ref. 01763D

Ref. 01765D

Ref. 01766D

Ref. 01767D

Nose Pads for Titanium and S/Steel FramesSpecial fixing

46

BIOMEDICAL PVC

POLYCARBONATE

SILICONE 20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

Ref. 01826SPECIAL NOSE PAD KIT120 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1761, 1762, 1763,1765, 1766, 17676 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS

20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

1.5

Ref. 01766

BIOMEDICAL PVC 20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

Ref. 0176410 mm bayonet type

Ref. 01764H Ref. 01764D

Ref. 01768D-Shape12 mm bayonet type

Ref. 01768H Ref. 01768D

NEWRef. 0176015,5 mm

Ref. 01760H Ref. 01760D

SILICONE

“Primadonna” Nose PadsClear silicone and Biomedical PVC - fixing

47

Ref. 01830“PRIMADONNA” NOSE PAD KIT100 assorted nose padsincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1752, 1753, 1754,1756, 17575 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

Ref. 01752Ø 9 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 0175313 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 0175415 mmD-Shape

Ref. 01752H

Ref. 01753H

Ref. 01754H

Ref. 0175613 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 0175714,5 mmD-Shape

Ref. 01756H

Ref. 01757H

Ref. 01756D

Ref. 01757D

Ref. 01752D

Ref. 01753D

Ref. 01754D

BIOMEDICAL PVC

20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

SPECIAL OFFERFOR 10 ASSORTED LARGE PACKS

20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

1.5

Ref. 0175813 mmSymmetrical

Ref. 01758H Ref. 01758D

POLYCARBONATE 20 pcs. 100 pcs.-20%-20%-20%-20% 500 pcs.SPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFERSPECIALSPECIALOFFEROFFER

NEW

Ref. 0049816 mm NEWRef. 00499

12 mm

Special Fitting and “System 3” Nose PadsSpecial fitting and American Joint Pads

48

PLUG-IN 50 pcs.

SILICONE - BAYONET JOINT 10 pcs.

SILICONE - BUILT-IN FOR ACETATE FRAMES 10 pcs.

SILICONE - “SYSTEM 3” FIXING 20 pcs.

AIRPADRef. 0172711,9 mm

Ref. 0049119 mmBayonet fitting

PVCRef. 004697 mm

SILICONE - PLUG-IN 10 pcs.

Ref. 0049513,5 mm

ACETATERef. 00566Clear18 mm

ACETATERef. 00565Flesh colour18 mm

AMERICAN JOINT PADS FOR R.B. FRAMES 20 pcs.

SILICONERef. 0049713 mm - 10 pcs.

NEW

NEW

1.5

SILICONERef. 00597Clear15 mm

NEW

Ref. 0172811 mm

NEW

Comfort Bridges and Self-Adhesive PadsSoft silicone bridges

49

SILICONE COMFORT BRIDGES - PUSH-ON 2 pcs.

THIN SILICONE PAD

Ref. 0139148 padsfor metal frames

Ref. 01393Assortment of 48 padsfor acetate and metal frames

Ref. 01395 Ref. 01396

16,5 1,5 mm

BABYRef. 0047612 mm

BABYRef. 0047713 mm

SILICONE COMFORT BRIDGES WITH ADJUSTABLE METAL INSERT 2 pcs.

Silver insert

BABYRef. 00500S4 screws Ref. 00383included

JUNIORRef. 00501S4 screws Ref. 00383included

JUNIORRef. 00501G4 screws Ref. 00383included

Gold insert

BABYRef. 00500G4 screws Ref. 00383included

12 bags of 2 pairs each

FOAM PAD FOR ACETATE FRAMES 12 blisters of 4 pairs each

12 mm

6,2 mm

M1.2Ref. 00383

13 mm

6,2 mm

M1.2Ref. 00383

Self-adhesive Pads

NEW

1.5

JUNIORRef. 0047414 mm

JUNIORRef. 0047515 mm

NEW

19 1,8 mm17,5 1,3 mm

15 1,5 mm 18 1,5 mm

Temple Tips for Titanium SidesIn silicone and acetate - 1,0 - 1,05 mm hole

50

ACETATE - ULTRA LIGHT 65 mm1,05 mm 10 pcs.

POLYPROPYLENE - ULTRA LIGHT 64 mm1,00 mm 10 pcs.

SILICONE - ULTRA LIGHT 65 mm1,00 mm

ACETATE - ULTRA LIGHT 135 mm1,05 mm 10 pcs.

Ref. 01850KIT OF TEMPLE TIPS FORTITANIUM SIDES76 temple tips includingthe following models:Ref. 665, 667, 668, 676,677, 678, 679 7 Ref. x 10 pcs./Ref.Ref. 666 - 1 Ref. x 6 pcs.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

10 pcs.

NEW

NEW

1.6

Ref. 00677 black

Ref. 00678 fashion blue

Ref. 00679 fashion ruby

Ref. 00676 tortoise

Ref. 00668 clear

Ref. 00626 clear

Ref. 00627 black

Ref. 00666 clear - 6 pcs.

Ref. 00665 clear

Ref. 00667 black

Ref. 00671tortoise

Ref. 00672black

Temple Tips for Stainless Steel SidesIn silicone and acetate - 1,20 - 1,25 - 1,50 mm hole

51

ACETATE 65 mm1,20 mm 20 pcs.

SILICONE 70 mm1,50 mm 6 pcs.

silicone acetate

ACETATE 135 mm1,25 mm 10 pcs.

Ref. 01852KIT OF TEMPLE TIPS FORSTAINLESS STEEL SIDES110 temple tips includingthe following models:Ref. 1310, 1311, 1314,1315, 13165 Ref. x 20 pcs./Ref.Ref. 1312 - 1 Ref. x 10 pcs.

Tray included, suitable fornew LMS Cube.

NEW

1.6

Ref. 01310 clear

Ref. 01311 smoke

Ref. 01312 tortoise 10 pcs.

Ref. 01313 brown

Ref. 01314 black

Ref. 01315 fashion blue

Ref. 01316 fashion ruby

Ref. 00660 black

Ref. 00661 brown

Ref. 01322medium tortoise

Ref. 01324black

Ref. 01325fashion blue

Ref. 01326fashion ruby

NEW Ref. 00620 tortoise medium 10 pcs.

LIGHT TEMPLE TIPS 65 mm1,45 mm 20 pcs.

Comfort and Golf Temple TipsIn acetate - 1,45 - 1,60 - 1,90 mm hole

52

GOLF TEMPLE TIPS 1,45 mm 1,90 mm

Ref. 00657 brown

Ref. 00656 black

Ref. 00616

Ref. 00617

EXTENDED TEMPLE TIPS 75 mm1,45 mm

Ref. 00618 brown

Ref. 00619 black

20 pcs.

COMFORT TEMPLE TIPS 65 mm1,45 mm

Ref. 00600clear

20 pcs.1,60 mm

Ref. 00601pink

Ref. 00602smoke

Ref. 00603brown

Ref. 00604tortoise

Ref. 00605black

Ref. 00606maroon

Ref. 00655 tortoise light 10 pcs.

Ref. 00658 tortoise medium 10 pcs.

20 pcs.

NEW

NEW

NEW

1.6

Ref. 00610

Ref. 00613

Ref. 00614 10 pcs.

Ref. 00615

Ref. 01300 clear

Ref. 01301 smoke

Ref. 01302 tortoise 10 pcs.

Ref. 01303 brown

Ref. 01304 black

Ref. 01305 fashion blue

Ref. 01306 fashion ruby

Ref. 01855CLASSIC TEMPLE TIP KIT210 temple tips including the following models:Ref. 600, 603, 605 , 613, 615, 656, 1300, 1303, 1304 - 9 Ref. x 20 pcs.Ref. 604, 658, 1302 - 3 Ref. x 10 pcs./Ref.2 trays included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

Special Temple TipsLong and short, with special hole

53

IN ACETATE FOR CHILDREN 60 mm1,45 mm 20 pcs.

IN SILICONE 65 mm1,45 mm 10 pcs.

IN ACETATE - LONG SIZE 135 mm1,45 mm 10 pcs.

IN ACETATE FOR FLAT SIDES 70 mm 20 pcs.

IN RUBBER FOR SPORT FRAMES 10 pcs.

NEW

NEW

NEW2,0 mm 1,45 mm1,0 mm

NEW

1.6

2,45 mm 1,25 mm1,20 mm

3,55 mm 1,60 mm1,20 mm

Ref. 00623 clear

Ref. 00625 blue

Ref. 00630 pink

Ref. 00636 black

Ref. 00637 brown

Ref. 00649clear

Ref. 00651tortoise

Ref. 00652light tortoise

Ref. 00653black

Ref. 00644brown

Ref. 00645blackWidth: 2.45 mm

Ref. 00642brown

Ref. 00643blackWidth: 3.55 mm

70 mm, inside 60 mm Ref. 00646black

Ref. 00647black

1,35 mm extendable to 1,5 mm

65 mm, inside 60 mm

2,8 x 1,65 mm

Ref. 00640brown

Ref. 00641blackWidth: 2.0 mm

Silicone Frame LockNon slip, keeps the frame in the correct position

54

2,0

3,4

2,7

5,4

SMALL

Ref. 01376CLEAR/BLACK FRAME LOCK KIT72 silicone frame locksincluding the followingmodels:Ref. 1370, 1371, 1372,1373, 1374, 13756 Ref. x 6 pairs/Ref.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

Ref. 01389COLOURED FRAMELOCK KIT48 silicone framelocks including thefollowing models:Ref. 1381, 1382,1383, 1384, 1385,1386, 1387, 13888 Ref. x 3 pairs/Ref.Tray included,suitable for newLMS Cube.

MEDIUM

LARGE

1,1

2,5

NEW

NEW

1.6

NEW

Clear/Black: 6 pairs

Clear/Black: 6 pairs

6 pairs

Coloured: 3 pairs

Coloured: 3 pairs

Ref. 01372clear

Ref. 01373black

Ref. 01381blue

Ref. 01382red

Ref. 01383orange

Ref. 01384green

Ref. 01370clear

Ref. 01371black

Ref. 01374clear

Ref. 01375black

Ref. 01385blue

Ref. 01386red

Ref. 01387orange

Ref. 01388green

OP

TICAL CENTRE

S

CORRECT

Cable Ends - Temple Tips Covers - Eyewire Covers

55

SILICONE CABLE ENDS FOR ADULTS 1,30 mm

SILICONE CABLE ENDS FOR CHILDREN 1,30 mm 3 pairs

Ref. 00680tortoise - 1 roll 65 cm

2,7 mm

1,7mm

1,8 mm

0,5 mm

Ref. 00682black - 1 roll 65 cm

Ref. 00687light blue

Ref. 00688blue

Ref. 00689red

Ref. 00685black

Ref. 00686brown

Ref. 00696brown

Ref. 00695black

NEW

1.6

WINDSOR RIM PLIERRef. 03440 For a perfect finish tonotch and cut around the bridge,temple and pad arm.

3 pairs

67 mm

3 mmRef. 01330 Clear THIN

Ref. 01331 Clear SMALL

Ref. 01332 Clear MEDIUM

Ref. 01333 Clear LARGE

10 pcs.

3x3,5 mm

3x4,0 mm

3x4,5 mm

SILICONE TEMPLE TIPS COVERS

ACETATE EYEWIRE COVERS

NEW

NEW

NEW

After heating:Flat side Round side

After heating:Flat side Round side

After heating:Flat side Round side

FOR VERY THIN AND ROUND TEMPLES

Easy to use!Cut the tube a little longerto allow for shrinkage.

Slide onto temple side and warm with a frame heater.

3,6 mm 2,3 mm 0,9 mm

Ref. 01339 1 roll

FOR THIN TEMPLES

4,0 mm 2,6 mm 1,1 mm

Ref. 01340 1 roll

FOR MEDIUM TEMPLES

5,0 mm 3,0 mm 1,5 mm

Ref. 01341 1 roll

FOR FLEXIBLE AND ACETATE TEMPLES

8,0 mm 4,8 mm 2,0 mm

Ref. 01342 1 roll

Heat Shrinkable TubesProtects sensitive skin from allergic reactions

56

1.7

Ref. 01876 HEAT SHRINKABLE TUBE KITRef. 1339, 1340, 1341, 1342.Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

After heating:Flat side Round side

3,3 mt.

3,3 mt.

3,3 mt.

3,3 mt.

Ref. 00710 Gold

Ref. 00711 Silver

Ref. 00712 Black

Ref. 00713 Gun MetalNEW

Ref. 00700 Gold

Ref. 00702 Silver

Ref. 00704 Gold

Ref. 00714 Gold

CURL TEMPLES 105 mm 3 pairs1,3 mm 0,95 mm

115 mm

GOLF TEMPLES 145 mm 3 pairs1,3 mm 0,95 mm

LONG GOLF TEMPLES 155 mm 3 pairs1,3 mm 0,95 mm

R.B. Curl and Golf TemplesNickel protection - 0,95 mm joint

57

1.7

SHRINK-ON CURL TEMPLE COVERS 3,0 mm Ø 1,8 mm after heating

12 pairs

90 mm

INSTRUCTIONS:• Slide onto curl temples• Heat in frame heater• Shrinks 50% after

heating• Finish by cutting

the end

Ref. 00690

BLACK

1 m.Ref. 00693

12 pairsRef. 00692

TRANSPARENT

M1,4 Ref. 424 W1,3 Ref. 357

M1,4 Ref. 424 W1,3 Ref. 357

M1,4 Ref. 424 W1,3 Ref. 357

Metal Flex TemplesIntegrated spring hinge - Nickel protection - 0,6 mm joint

58

Ref. 01151 Silver

Ref. 01152 Black

Ref. 01153 Gun

Ref. 01154 Blue

Ref. 01150 Gold

Ref. 01156 Silver

Ref. 01157 Black

Ref. 01158 Gun

Ref. 01159 Blue

Ref. 01155 Gold

Ref. 01161 Silver

Ref. 01162 Black

Ref. 01163 Gun

Ref. 01164 Blue

Ref. 01160 Gold

ULTRA THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 289NEW 2,0 mm 0,6 mm 2,2 mm

NEW THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2892,2 mm 0,6 mm 2,2 mm

NEW MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2893,0 mm 0,6 mm 2,2 mm

1.7

Ref. 01142 Silver

Ref. 01140 Gold

Ref. 01145 Gold

Ref. 01146 Silver

Ref. 01147 Black

Ref. 01148 Gun

Ref. 01144 Bronze

Ref. 01166 Silver

Ref. 01167 Black

Ref. 01168 Gun

Ref. 01169 Blue

Ref. 01165 Gold

Metal Flex TemplesIntegrated spring hinge - Nickel protection - 0,8 mm joint

59

Ref. 01141 Black

Ref. 01149 Blue

NEW

ULTRA THIN 140 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2892,15 mm 0,8 mm 2,3 mm

THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2892,6 mm 0,8 mm 2,2 mm

MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2893,0 mm 0,8 mm 2,2 mm

1.7

Ref. 01865METAL TEMPLE KIT60 assorted pieces includingthe following models:Ref. 1145, 1146, 1151, 1153, 1156,1158, 1160, 1161, 1166, 116510 Ref. x 6 pcs./Ref.Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

Ref. 01171 Silver

Ref. 01172 Black

Ref. 01173 Gun Metal

Ref. 01174 Blue

Ref. 01170 Gold

Ref. 01132 Silver

Ref. 01130 Gold

Ref. 01106 Silver

Ref. 01107 Tortoise

Ref. 01108 Black

Ref. 01104 Gold

Metal Flex TemplesIntegrated spring hinge - Nickel protection - Joint from 0,8 to 1,2 mm

60

MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 290NEW 3,5 mm 0,8 mm 2,2 mm

THIN 140 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2892,6 mm 1,2 mm 2,2 mm

THIN 140 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 3833,0 mm 0,9 mm 2,3 mm

1.7

Ref. 01134 Gold

Ref. 01136 Silver

Ref. 01116 Gold

Ref. 01118 Silver

Ref. 01117 Black

Ref. 01126 Gold

Ref. 01128 Silver

Ref. 01127 Black

Ref. 01120 Gold

Ref. 01122 Silver

Ref. 01121 Black

THIN 135 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2892,6 mm 1,0 mm 2,6 mm

THIN 135 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2892,7 mm 1,2 mm 2,6 mm

MEDIUM 145 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2893,0 mm 1,2 mm 3,0 mm

MEDIUM 145 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2903,5 mm 1,5 mm 3,5 mm

Ref. 01137 Gun metal

Ref. 01119 Gun metal

Ref. 01129 Gun metal

Ref. 01123 Gun metal

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

Metal Flex TemplesReplaceable spring hinge - Nickel protection - Joint from 1,0 to 1,5 mm

61

1.7

Ref. 00730 Gold

Ref. 00731 Silver

Ref. 00732 Black

Ref. 00729 Gun

Ref. 00736 Gold

Ref. 00737 Silver

Ref. 00738 Black

Ref. 00735 Gun

Ref. 00742 Gold

Ref. 00743 Silver

Ref. 00744 Black

Ref. 00741 Gun

Ref. 00715 Gold

Ref. 00716 Silver

Metal TemplesWith solder hinges - Nickel protection - Joint from 1,0 to 2,0 mm

62

THIN 135 mm 6 pcs.3,2 mm 1,2 mm

MEDIUM 135 mm 6 pcs.3,6 mm 1,4 mm

MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.4,2 mm 2,0 mm

DUPLEX JOINT 145 mm 6 pcs.2,8 mm 1,0 mm

1.7

M1,4

M1,4

M1,4

M1,2

Ref. 374

Ref. 370

Ref. 371

Ref. 383

1.7

Ref. 00726 Gold

Ref. 00727 Silver

Ref. 00728 Black

Ref. 00725 Gun

Ref. 00720 Gold

Ref. 00721 Silver

Ref. 00722 Black

Ref. 00719 Gun

Ref. 00745 Gold

Ref. 00746 Silver

Ref. 00747 Black

Ref. 00748 Gun

Metal TemplesWith integrated hinge - Nickel protection - Joint from 0,8 to 1,4 mm

63

ULTRA THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.2,3 mm 0,8 mm

THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.3,0 mm 1,2 mm

MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.3,5 mm 1,4 mm

M1,4

M1,4

M1,4 Ref. 370

Ref. 374

Ref. 374

Ref. 01025 Clear

Ref. 01026 Black

Ref. 01027 Light tortoise

Ref. 01028 Dark tortoise

Ref. 01029 Blue

Ref. 01030 Clear

Ref. 01031 Black

Ref. 01032 Light tortoise

Ref. 01033 Dark tortoise

Ref. 01034 Blue

Ref. 01035 Clear

Ref. 01036 Black

Ref. 01037 Light tortoise

Ref. 01038 Dark tortoise

Ref. 01039 Blue

Acetate Flex TemplesIntegrated spring hinge - Joint from 0,8 to 1,2 mm

64

ULTRA THIN 135 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2893,0 mm 0,8 mm 3,0 mm

THIN 135 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2903,5 mm 1,0 mm 4,5 mm

MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2915,0 mm 1,2 mm 4,5 mm

1.7

Ref. 01040 Clear

Ref. 01041 Black

Ref. 01042 Light tortoise

Ref. 01043 Dark tortoise

Ref. 01045 Clear

Ref. 01046 Black

Ref. 01047 Light tortoise

Ref. 01048 Dark tortoise

Ref. 01060 Clear

Ref. 01061 Light Tortoise

Ref. 01062 Dark Tortoise

Acetate Flex TemplesIntegrated spring hinge - Joint from 1,2 to 1,5 mm

65

MEDIUM 135 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 2916,3 mm 1,2 mm 4,5 mm

MEDIUM 145 mm 2 pcs.Ref. 2886,5 mm 1,5 mm 5,0 mm

LARGE 140 mm 6 pcs.Ref. 28810 mm 1,4 mm 4,5 mm

1.7

Ref. 01868ACETATE TEMPLE KIT36 assorted pieces includingthe following models:Ref. 1026, 1031, 1035, 1036,1041, 1046 - 6 Ref. x 6 pcs./Ref.

Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

Ref. 00970 Clear

Ref. 00972 Black

Ref. 00976 Light Tortoise

Ref. 00978 Dark Tortoise

Ref. 00930 Clear

Ref. 00931 Black

Ref. 00932 Light Tortoise

Ref. 00933 Dark Tortoise

Ref. 00935 Clear

Ref. 00936 Black

Ref. 00937 Light Tortoise

Ref. 00938 Dark Tortoise

Acetate TemplesThin size - Medium size - Joint from 1,0 to 1,4 mm

66

ULTRA THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.3,0 mm 1,0 mm

MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.4,0 mm 1,2 mm

THIN 140 mm 6 pcs.4,5 mm 1,4 mm

1.7

M1,4

M1,4

M1,4

MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.5,4 mm 1,2 mm

MEDIUM 140 mm 6 pcs.7,0 mm 1,4 mm

Ref. 00950 Clear

Ref. 00954 Brown

Ref. 00958 Olive

Ref. 00962 Dark Tortoise

Ref. 00964 Black

Ref. 00940 Clear

Ref. 00942 Black

Ref. 00946 Light Tortoise

Ref. 00948 Dark Tortoise

Acetate TemplesMedium size - Joint from 1,2 to 1,4 mm

67

1.7

M1,4

M1,4

Dimensions:internal: 157x220x42 mmexternal:165x257x52 mm

Ref. 01692Smarty Blue/Silicone pad BlueSmarty Blue/Silicone pad Orange6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)

INNOVATIVE• Its functional design and the colour

combinations make Smarty the ideal jobtray for either the lab or the practice.

FUNCTIONAL• The anti-scratch silicone pad is designed

so that products and lenses can easily bepicked up

• The compartments are the right sizes forlenses and frames

• Shock-resistant, anti-scratch material• Ergonomic shape: the tray can be moved

with one hand only• The labels on the front are for ease of

identification in organizing the workstations

SMARTY BLUE

68

Smarty Boxes - Job TraysSupplied with anti-scratch silicone pad

1.8

Ref. 01691Smarty Clear/Silicone pad BlueSmarty Clear/Silicone pad Green6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)

Ref. 01693Smarty Orange/Silicone pad OrangeSmarty Orange/Silicone pad Green6 pcs./pkg. (3 pcs. each colour)

SMARTY CLEAR

SMARTY ORANGE

69

1.8

70

2. Lab Consumables

2.1 Supra Nylon Cords and Lens Washers

• Supra Nylon Cords ..................................................... 72• Plastic Strip for Supra Frames assembly ............ 72• Lens Washers ............................................................... 73

2.2 Glues and Thread Lock

• Thread Lock .................................................................. 74• Cyanoacrylate Glues for Frames ........................... 75• Cyanoacrylate Glues for Lenses ............................ 76• UV Glue for Rimless Lenses ..................................... 77• UV Lamp ........................................................................ 77

2.3 Detergents - Marker pens for Lenses

• Detergents for Ultrasonic Cleaners ..................... 78• Lens and Frame Cleaners - SprayClean .............. 79• Ink remover .................................................................. 80• Marker pens ................................................................. 81• Ink for Lensmeters ...................................................... 81

2.4 Blocking Pads - Accessories for Glazing

• Suction Caps and Ripped Blocks .......................... 82• Lens Surface Disks ..................................................... 83• Blocking Pads ............................................................... 84• Formers .......................................................................... 89• Demo Lenses ............................................................... 89

71

2.

2.5 Pens to colour Lenses and to touch-up Frames

• Lens Make Up .............................................................. 90• Frame Make Up ........................................................... 91• Touch-Up Pencils ........................................................ 92

2.6 Polishing Wheels and Compounds

• Polishing Compounds .............................................. 93• Polishing Wheels and compounds for Frames .. 94• Polishing Wheels and compounds for Lenses ... 96

2.7 Dyes for Lenses - Neutralizers

• Dyeing Powders for CR39 ....................................... 98• Liquid Dyes for CR39-High Index-Polycarbonate ....... 100• BPI Liquid Dyes ........................................................... 102• Clear Lenses for Tinting ........................................... 103• Special Liquid for Tinting ........................................ 104• Neutralizer Solutions and Coating Remover ... 105

2.8 Soldering Consumables

• Solder Rods ................................................................... 106• Solder Wire and Borax .............................................. 106• Fluoron and Isoflam ................................................... 106• Gas and Oxigen for Miniflam .................................. 107• Caustic Solution and Boric Acid ................................. 107• Plating Consumables ................................................. 107

0,45

0,55

0,50

2,10

1,40

For supra frames assembly

72

CLEAR SUPRA NYLON CORDS

Ref. 01242For metalframes

Ref. 01243

Ø

4 mt. 2 mt.

2.1

Nylon Holding Plier 03465to pull the nylon liner

Mounting Hook Ref. 03480 To insert the liner into thegroove of the lens

Nylon Press-in PlierRef. 03470 to pressin the figure “8” liner

Supra Nylon Cords and Plastic Strip

Ref. 01870SUPRA KIT • Supra nylon cord Ø 0,5 mm clear Ref. 01235 • “Figure 8” Supra Liner clear. Ref. 01242 • “Figure T” Supra Liner clear. Ref. 01243 • Nylon Holding Plier Ref. 03465 • Nylon Press-in Plier Ref. 03470• Mounting Hook Ref. 03480

Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

Plastic strip Ref. 01249to insert the liner intothe lens groove

Ref. 01232 Ø 0,4 mm

Ref. 01235 Ø 0,5 mm

Ref. 01233 Ø 0,6 mm

Ref. 01234 Ø 1,0 mm For metal and plastic frames

0,80

2,30

Ref. 01244

Ref. 01249Non-slip material L = 75x5 mm

PLASTIC STRIP FOR SUPRA FRAMES ASSEMBLY

50 pcs.

5 mt.ROUND FIGURE “8” FIGURE “T”

For metal andplastic frames

NEW

SILICONE GASKET FOR AIR-RIM

20 pcs.ROUND NEW

Ref. 01263SiliconeØ 26,5 mm

0,5

Lens WashersIn nylon, acetate, silicone and adhesive

FLEXIBLE NYLONLENS WASHERS

REGULARRef. 01250

MEDIUMRef. 01254

LARGERef. 01251

SEMI-RIGID ACETATE LENS WASHERS

MEDIUMRef. 01260

ULTRA-THINRef. 01265

Dip in acetone to soften and fix intoplastic frame groove

4 mt.

ULTRA-THINRef. 01255

MEDIUMRef. 01256

0,20 mm1.4 mm

0,25 mm1.8 mm

0,22 mm1.6 mm

0,25 mm1.2 mm

0,50 mm1.8 mm

3 mt.4,5 mt.

4 mt.

0,30 mm1.6 mm

0,20 mm1.6 mm

Ref. 01872LENS WASHER KITRef. 1250, 1251, 1254,Ref. 1255, 1256, 1265Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

SOFT SILICONE LENS WASHERS

• Adjustable with heat• In easy to use

dispenser• Dip in acetone

to soften and fix into plastic frame groove

• Prevents rotation of theastigmatism axis.

• Sticks the lens to the groove.• Ideal for thick toric lenses.• Easy to apply.

16 mt.

DOUBLE SIDE ADHESIVELENS INTERLINER

73

2.1

Ref. 01436ergo® 4054 10 g ? 3 h

SPECIALOFFER

Ref. 01436/33 pcs.

Ref. 01438/33 pcs.

Ref. 01438ergo® 4052 10 g ? 3 h

Ref.01439ergo® 4301 10 g ? 3 h

MEDIUM STRENGTHOIL TOLERANT

HIGH STRENGTHLOW VISCOSITY

Ref. 01431LOCTITE 243

10 ml

Ref. 01430? 2 h

50 ml

TRANSPARENT BLUE GREEN

All Ergo bottles come withPatented "No Waste" Dispenser

• "Drop by drop" release forprecise application

• "Anti-desiccation" system:the nozzle does not getblocked, it does not spilland the glue does not dry out,allowing the complete contentsof the bottle to be used up.

+ + +SPECIAL

OFFERSPECIAL

OFFERRef. 01439/33 pcs.

MEDIUM STRENGTHSUITABLE FOR RIMLESS SCREWS

Thread LockTo block and seal screws and nuts

74

2.2

+ Made in Switzerland

Adhesives for FramesCyanoacrylate adhesives - Glue Remover

75

Ref. 01405LOCTITE 401

Instant superglue - 5 g? 1” ÷ 45”

Complete hardening after 24 hours, for best chemical and mechanical resistance.

ACETATEGRILAMIDOPTYLRUBBER - NEOPRENE

UNIVERSAL FORPLASTIC - RUBBERMETALLEATHER

Ref. 01422ergo® 5012Instant superglue - 5 g? 2” ÷ 30”

Ref. 01423ergo® 5300Instant superglue - 20 g? 2” ÷ 30”

GLUE REMOVER GEL

UNIVERSALFOR CYANOACRYLATEGLUES

Ref. 01429 Viscous Gelergo® 9150Does not leak - 20 g? 60’ ÷ 90’ min.

PLASTIC - METALPOLYCARBONATEPROPRIONATENYLON

Ref. 01424 Viscous Gelergo® 5039Instant superglue- 3 g? 2” ÷ 30”

The gel's consistency makes it suitable for applicationon any surface, even vertically. The glue point is constantly under control.

++ + +

2.2

A selection of adhesives and thread locks for the most common applications, foremergency repairs until the replacement frame is ready. Job tray included.

Ref. 01874 Composed of:

GEL

FIRST AID

THREAD LOCKRef. 01436

ADHESIVES FOR FRAMESRef. 01423Ref. 01424

ADHESIVES FOR LENSESRef. 01426Ref. 01415

GLUE REMOVER GELRef. 01429

UNIVERSAL FORPLASTIC - RUBBERMETALLEATHER

Adhesives for LensesCyanoacrylate adhesives and silicone glue

76

Easy application.The cap with dispensingneedle allows the glueto keep flowing freely.

Ref. 01415HYPO-TUBE CEMENT

Silicone glue - 9 ml? 10’ ÷ 12’ min.

Ref. 01406 Halo-FreeLOCTITE 460

Instant superglue - 20 g? 2” ÷ 40”With dispensing needle

CR39HIGH INDEX

Ref. 01426 Halo-Freeergo® 5922Instant superglue - 20 g? 2” ÷ 30”

Ref. 01427ergo® 5973Instant superglue - 20 g? 2” ÷ 30”

Suitable for plastic andmetal frames

Liquid lens linersuitable for:• Rimless• Bling crystals• Temple tips

+ +

2.2

FOR GLASSPOLYCARBONATEMETAL ANDVARIOUS MATERIALS

POLYCARBONATETRIVEX

UV lamp for quick crystallization

Ref. 01418UV-FIX

Syringe - 3 g? 10’ ÷ 12’ min.

FOR PLASTIC AND METAL FRAMES OR LENSES

Ideal for filling in rimless drill holes, suitable on any kind of material.The transparent gel hardens through UV rays and can be drilled once completely dried.

UV LAMPRef. 05048• with 4 UV tubes - Power 9W each tube • automatic switch off after 90 or 120 seconds

Power supply: 230V acPower consumption: 36WDimensions: 220x265x100 mmInner dimensions: 145x145x53 mmWeight:1.7 kg.

Ref. 05048.1UV tube 9W

The worktop is extendible and the useris protected from the UV rays.

UV Glue for Rimless FramesTransparent gel for filling in rimless drill holes

77

2.2

The glue hardens only under UV rays in approx. 10-12 minutes.It must completely crystallize before it can be further processed.The crystallization process normally takes 24 hours.The UV lamp (Ref. 05058) reduces the crystallization time to approx. 2 minutesand guarantees perfect transparency.

Ref. 01419UV-FIX

With dispensing needle - 10 g? 10’ ÷ 12’ min.

SPARE PARTRef. 01419ADispensing needlefor Ref. 014194 pcs.

ACCESSORIESRef. 01419SSupport forRef. 014191 pc.

Lens and Frame Cleaning in the LabConcentrated detergents for ultrasonic cleanersDo not corrode the frames or lensesHigh cleaning capacity, enhanced by the mechanical effect of the ultrasound

ACTIVE LIQUID WITHANTIBACTERIAL PROPERTIESThanks to its active enzymes, this detergent can also beused without ultrasonic cleaner, just with lukewarmwater. Its antibacterial properties sanitize the spectacles.Ref. 06859 1 litre bottleAdd one/two cupfuls of detergent to 1 litre of water

OPTOCLEANCleaning concentrate specifically for ultrasoniccleaners.Made in Germany.

Ref. 05491 1 litre bottleAdd one/two cupfuls of detergent to 1 litre of water

78

2.3

Spray Clean with antibacterial properties, 0% alcohol

Lens and Frame CleanersSanitizing detergent for frames and lenses, suitable for AR coated lenses.Wipe dry with Macroclean microfiber cloth

Ref. 11935Refill - 1 litre bottle

Ref. 119303 bottles da 150 ml each

ANTIBACTERIALSPRAY CLEAN

Ref. 11989Rubber dotted microfiberMAXIGrey, Bluesize: 32 x 32 cm4 pcs.

RUBBER DOTTEDMICROFIBRE MAXI

SANITIZING HAND GELWITH ANTIBACTERIAL PROPERTIES

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE USE

OF YOUR SPECTACLES

Ref. 11930KIT• Antibacterial Spray Clean:

3 bottles 150 ml (Ref. 11930)1 refill 1 litre (Ref. 11935)

• Rubber dotted microfiber cloth(Ref. 11989)

+ FREEAntibacterial hand gel (Ref. 11918)

CLEANING

Use only recommended products and liquid neutral

cleaners and wipe dry with a suitable cloth.

Use water if you do not have any recommended products.

Do not use corrosive agents, neither alcohol or non-specific

detergents, unless otherwise indicated.

The rubber dotting givesextra grip making lenscleaning easier

Starter OFFERCOMPLETE KIT

Starter OFFER Starter OFFER Starter OFFER

79

2.3

Ref. 11918Sanitizing hand gel:• no rinsing• quick action500 ml1 pc.

SUPPLYING THE GLASSES

TO THE CUSTOMER

The presence of the original markings on progressive

lenses allows to check the correct position of the

optical centres.

After this, marks can be easily removed with

the Ink Remover Pen (Ref. 06975) or with

the Ink Remover Spray (Ref. 06976).

Centro Style marking ink cleaning solutionis suitable for all types of lenses,AR coated, teflon® treated, progressive CR39and PC lenses. Spray onto the lens and wipe with a microfibercloth.

INK REMOVER PEN

INK REMOVER BOTTLES FOR THE PRACTICE AND THE LAB

SPRAYRef. 06976Bottle 150 ml3 pcs./pkg.

FELT PENRef. 069751 pc.10 g

Ink RemoverTo remove marks from progressive lenses

80

2.3

REFILLRef. 06857Bottle 1 litre1 pc.

INK FOR LENSMETERSRef. 06982Red 40 ml 1 pc.

Ref. 06950Red, extra-fine 0.4 mm 5 pcs.

Ref. 06952Black, extra-fine 0.4 mm5 pcs.

Ref. 06960Red, fine 0.6 mm5 pcs.

Ref. 06962Black, fine 0.6 mm5 pcs.

WATERPROOF PERMANENT MARKER PENS FOR NORMAL LENSES

SPECIAL MARKERS

FOR TEFLON® COATED LENSESRef. 06964Black, extra-fine 0.4 mm5 pcs.

Ref. 06965Black, fine 0.6 mm5 pcs.

Marker Pens and InkTo mark lenses

81

LAQUER FILLED PENRef. 06967White, medium 0.8 mm Prevents light transmission2 pcs.

WATER SOLUBLE NON PERMANENT MARKERRef. 06970Black, extra-fine 0.4 mm Ideal to mark Press-On™.5 pcs.

INK FOR CENTERING DEVICES

2.3

Ref. 07368Ø 25 mm.Block Ø 16 mm10 pcs.

Ref. 0736925x20 mmBlock Ø 16 mm10 pcs.

Ref. 07375Ø 25 mmBlock Ø 14 mm5 pcs.

Ref. 07376Ø 18 mmBlock Ø 14 mm5 pcs.

Ref. 07371Ø 25 mmBlock Ø 15,5 mm20 pcs.

Ref. 07372Ø 18 mmBlock Ø 15,5 mm10 pcs.

Ref. 03455De-blocking plierfor flexible rippled blocks

RIPPLED BLOCKS FOR W./B. EDGERS

Ref. 07363Ø 23 mmBlock 11x6 mm5 pcs.

RUBBER SUCTION CAPS FOR OLD B. EDGERS

Ref. 03450De-blocking plierfor suction caps

Ref. 07374Ø 20 mm20 pcs.

Ref. 0737318x14 mmBlock 15,5x14 mm10 pcs.

Ref. 07360Ø 23 mmBlock Ø 16 mm5 pcs.

Ref. 07361Ø 17 mmBlock Ø 16 mm5 pcs.

Ref. 0736425x12 mmBlock 11x6 mm5 pcs.

NEW

Ref. 0736725x17 mmBlock Ø 15 mm2 pcs.

NEW

Ref. 07378Ø 22 mmBlock Ø 15,5 mm10 pcs.

Ref. 0737918x14 mmBlock 15,5x14 mm10 pcs.

Suction Caps and Rippled Blocks

82

2.4

Ref. 0736225x19 mmBlock Ø 16 mm2 pcs.

FOR OLD W. EDGERS

FOR B. SILVER EDGERS

FOR E. K. AND G. EDGERS

FOR E. ORANGE EDGERS

NEW

NEWFOR W. EDGERS

FOR E. MR. B EDGERS

Ref. 0738120x15 mmBlock Ø 12 mm5 pcs.

NEWRef. 0738030x17 mmBlock Ø 12 mm5 pcs.

NEWFOR N. EDGERS

Ref. 03452De-blocking plierfor flexible N. rippled blocks

Lens Surface Disks for Coated LensesUsed in conjunction with blocking pads to prevent lens slippage

CLEAR ELLIPTICAL ANTI-SLIP DISKS 40x26 mmRef. 07331 500 pcs.For lens curves up to base 6 and +4.5 dpt.

Ref. 07333 500 pcs.Higher flexibility.Recommended for lenses with high wrap-aroundinclination.

For lenses with hydrophobic and super-hydrophobic coating

BLUE ROUND PROTECTOR DISKSØ 30 MMRef. 07330 1000 pcs. Prevents the lens from being scratched during

finishing and de-blocking

Provides excellent adhesion to hydrophobic andsuper-hydrophobic lens coatings to prevent lensesfrom “twisting” and “slipping” off-axis while edging.

Apply two disks, one to each side of the lens.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEWith common adhesive pads apply one disc to eachside of the lens. With hydrophobic and superhydrophobic adhesive pads apply only one disk to theinside of the lens.

83

2.4

NEW

84

For N edgers - 0,4 mm For N edgers - 0,4 mm

Thickness 0,4 mm - 3M QualityCR39, High Index, Shatterproof, Glass lenses

For E and TP edgers - 0,4 mm For E and TP edgers - 0,4 mm

For W and B edgers - 0,4 mm For W and B edgers - 0,4 mm

20x24 mmRef. 07359 1000 pcs.

Ø 18 mmRef. 07352 1000 pcs.

Ø 24 mmRef. 07357 1000 pcs.

FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES

FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES FOR FULL-EYE LENSES

For Coated Lenses • Excellent torque force resistance

• Excellent adhesion

• Ideal for standard lenses

17x31 mmRef. 07351 1000 pcs.

FOR FULL-EYE LENSES

2.4

85

For W and B edgers - 0,6 mm

For N edgers - 0,6 mm

For E and TP edgers - 0,6 mm

For Coated LensesThickness 0,6 mm - 3M Leap™ IIICR39, High Index, Shatterproof, Glass lenses

17x31 mmRef. 07347 1000 pcs.

24x24 mmRef. 07345 1000 pcs.

18x24 mmRef. 07349 1000 pcs.

Ø 18 mmRef. 073481000 pcs.

Ø 26 mmRef. 073461000 pcs.

FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES

FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES FOR FULL-EYE LENSES

FOR FULL-EYE LENSES

FOR FULL-EYE LENSES

NEW

2.4• Excellent torque force resistance

• Excellent adhesion

• Ideal for lenses with thin centre

(negative powers)

Ø 24 mmRef. 073442000 pcs.

86

2.4

For N edgers - 0,8 mm

For E and TP edgers - 0,8 mm For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm

For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm

For Coated LensesThickness 0,8 mmCR39, High Index, Shatterproof, Glass lenses

20x24 mmRef. 07354 1000 pcs.

17x31 mmRef. 07355 1000 pcs.

Ø 18 mmRef. 07350 1000 pcs.

Ø 24 mmRef. 07356 1000 pcs.

FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES

FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES FOR FULL-EYE LENSES

FOR FULL-EYE LENSES

• Very good torque force resistance

• Very good adhesion

• Excellent quality/price ratio

• Ideal for lenses with thin centre

(negative powers)

NEW

87

2.4

For N edgers - 0,8 mm

For E and TP edgers - 0,8 mm For E and TP edgers - 0,8 mm

For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm

For Hydrophobic LensesThickness 0,8 mm - Optisafe®

CR39, High Index, Shatterproof, Glass lenses

18x29 mmRef. 07314 1000 pcs.

17x31 mmRef. 07315 1000 pcs.

Ø 18 mmRef. 07312 1000 pcs.

FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES

FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES FOR FULL-EYE LENSES

FOR FULL-EYE LENSES

Ø 22 mmRef. 07311 1000 pcs.

14x21 mmRef. 07313 1000 pcs.

Ø 24 mmRef. 07310 1000 pcs.

• Excellent torque force resistance

• Excellent adhesion

• Ideal for standard lenses

NEW

NEW

88

2.4

For N edgers - 0,8 mm For N edgers - 0,8 mm

For E and TP edgers - 0,8 mm For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm

For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm For W and B edgers - 0,8 mm

For Super-Hydrophobic LensesThickness 0,8 mm - Secur Edge® “Plus”CR39, High Index, Shatterproof, Glass lenses

18x29 mmRef. 07324 1000 pcs.

17x31 mmRef. 07325 1000 pcs.

Ø 24 mmRef. 07320 1000 pcs.

Ø 18 mmRef. 07322 1000 pcs.

FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES

FOR SMALL AND HALF-EYE LENSES FOR FULL-EYE LENSES

FOR FULL-EYE LENSES

• Excellent torque force resistance

• Excellent adhesion: with dual adhesive

system: one side for the slippery lens

surface and one side for the block.

• This prevents slippage during the

edging process, yet the pads are easy

to remove without any residue.

• Ideal also for standard lenses

Base B 8Ø 80 mmRef. 06679

50 pcs.2,0 mm

NEW

89

2.4

CR39 Demo lenses for supra and rimless frames

Ref. 06663

50 pcs.

Ref. 06662

50 pcs.

Base Ø 73 mmB 6

Base Ø 73 mmB 4

Ref. 07410 Shape with punch cutter or scissors.White - Size: 75x60x1.5 mm - 250 pcs.

Ref. 07400 Shape with punch cutter or scissors.Transparent - Size.: 75x60x1.5 mm - 250 pcs.

Ref. 07420 Shape with miller cutter.Green - Size: 70x58x2.3 mm - 250 pcs.

Ref. 03782Scissor for easy pattern cutting

Formers - CR39 Demo LensesTo be shaped with punch, miller cutter or scissors

Ref. 06676

50 pcs.

2,2 mm1,8 mm

2,0 mm

Ref. 07150Black col. 4

Ref. 07151Burgundy col. 5333

Ref. 07152Cognac col. 5326

Ref. 07153Brown col. 5340

Ref. 07160

Grey col. 5330

Ref. 07161

Blue col. 5339

LENS MAKE UP is a special felt pen to decorate:• The lens edge of rimless and supra glasses.

Suitable for CR39, crystal, polycarbonate andacrylic lenses.

• Each pen can colour up to 300-500 lens pairs.• Available in 12 classic and fashion colours and

one corrector pen to easily remove old colour orcorrect mistakes.

MAKE UP LENS KITRef. 07180Assortment of 12 pens(one each colour) andFREE COUNTER DISPLAYRef. 07181 with12 sample lensesin different colours.

Ref. 07162

Light Blue col. 5

341

Ref. 07163

Violet col. 5

310

Ref. 07164

Lila col. 5

314

Ref. 07165

Plum col. 5331

Ref. 07166

Fuchsia col. 5328

Ref. 07167

Yellow col. 5

315

Ref. 07177 Corrector pen to easily remove colour.Ideal for polycarbonate lenses

Ref. 07176Clear gloss finish for lensedge.Ideal for organic andpolycarbonate lenses.

Ref. 07181Counter display with 12 sample lensesin different colours.

Lens Make UpMulticolour edge customising: an exclusive service!

90

CORRECTOR PEN

2.5

Ref. 07183 Pearl Gold 7170

Ref. 07184 Yellow Gold 003

Ref. 07185 Red Gold 8009 P

Ref. 07189 Gun 8004 P

Ref. 07188 Light Silver 8005 P

Ref. 07190 Night Blue 038

Ref. 07191 Light Cobalt Blue 076

Ref. 07195 Genuine Wine 108

Ref. 07192 Brown 009

Ref. 07193 Maroon Bombay 100

Ref. 07196 Dark Green 036

Ref. 07187 Black 004

Ref. 07198Transparent corrector pento turn a satin finish into a matt finish.

FRAME MAKE UP is a special felt pen to:• Colour frames• Colour screws, pad arms or other parts• Retouch scraped parts• Retouch sweat-eaten temples.

• Clean thoroughly the part to be repaired.

• Shake felt pen very well before use.

• Press felt and apply colour onto the frame.

• Allow to air dry for 15 minutes.

• Warm in frame heater to speed up drying.

• The transparent corrector pen Ref. 07198 will easilyturn any colour satin finish into a matt finish.

MAKE UP FRAME KITRef. 07199Full assortment of 12 pens (one each colour).Includes one free transparent corrector pen Ref. 07198.

Frame Make UpFelt pens to retouch frames - Multicolour metallic paints

91

CORRECTOR PEN

2.5

Ref. 07100Glossy black

Ref. 07104 Matt black

Ref. 07110Metallic Silver

Ref. 07106Brown

Ref. 07108Light blue

Ref. 07109Dark Blue

Ref. 07112Fire red

Ref. 07113Ruby red

Ref. 07114 Yellow

Ref. 07115Green

Ref. 07118Complete assortment of12 colouring and touch-up lacquers.

• Shake well before use.• Apply an even layer of lacquer with • the cap brush.• Wait a few minutes until it dries.• To obtain tortoise effect, brush again

irregularly.

Touch-Up PencilsFor customising your frames, contents 12 ml.

92

TOUCH-UP PENCIL KIT

2.5

Ref. 07111 Metallic Gold

Ref. 07102 Dark tortoise

NEW NEW

Ref. 07117White

Ref. 07116Transparent

Polishing CompoundsFor polishing and glossing of metal and plastic

93

HARD POLISHING - MATT FINISH

•• Apply polishing compound in a thineven layer to mop. Repeat frequently.

• Slightly increase pressure whenprocessing glass lenses.

• After polishing wipe off compoundresiduals with a soft cloth.

• Clean frame in ultrasonic bath.

Ref. 05280Black compoundfor acetate frames. 235 g

Ref. 05285White compoundfor white metal frames and CR39 lens edges. 235 g

Ref. 05281Beige compound foracetate frames and glasslens edges. 230 g

Ref. 05286Green compound for white metal frames. 270 g

Ref. 05290Red compound for gold metal frames.290 g

Ref. 05293High lustre compound for brilliantCR39 and polycarbonate finish.100 g

Ref. 05291Ivory polishing compoundfor polycarbonate.270 g

FINE POLISHING AND GLOSSING FOR ACETATE AND METAL FRAMES

LENS EDGE POLISHING AND GLOSSING

2.6

GOLD METAL FRAMES

Ref. 05234Steel wireØ 80 mm 8 mm Tapered bore from Ø 8 to 6.5 mm

Ref. 05235Brass wireØ 90 mm 8 mm Tapered bore from Ø 8 to 6.5 mm

Ref. 05205CottonØ 120 mm 10 mm Bore Ø 8 mm

Ref. 05220CottonØ 100 mm 6 mm Tapered bore fromØ 8 to 6.5 mm

CLEANING AND DE-SCALING BRUSHES POLISHING MOPS

Ref. 01882SET OF WHEELS ANDCOMPOUNDS FOR WHITEOR GUN METAL FRAMESWheels: Ref. 05200, 05205, 05225Compounds: Ref. 05285, 05286.Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

Ref. 01884SET OF WHEELS ANDCOMPOUNDS FOR GOLDMETAL FRAMESWheels: Ref. 05200, 05205, 05225Compounds: Ref. 05290.Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

Polishing Wheels and Compounds for FramesFor polishing and glossing metal and plastic frames

94

2.6

ACETATE FRAMES

FOR WHITE OR GUN METAL FRAMES

Ref. 01880SET OF WHEELS AND COMPOUNDSFOR ACETATE FRAMESWheels: Ref. 05200, 05205, 05225Compounds: Ref. 05281, 05280.Tray included, suitablefor new LMS Cube.

Ref. 05200FlannelØ 120 mm 10 mmBore Ø 8 mm

Ref. 05221FlannelØ 100 mm 6 mm Tapered bore from Ø 8 to 6.5 mm

Ref. 05225Soft wool mopØ 100 mm 35 mmTapered bore from Ø 9 to 6.5 mm.Reinforcedwooden centre

2.800POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.

Ref. 05205Ref. 05220Cotton

Ref. 05280Black

1.4002.800

FINE POLISHING Apply gentle pressure to avoid overheating. Use a thin layer of compound frequently.

Ref. 05200Ref. 05221Flannel

Ref. 05281Beige

2.800GLOSSINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.After glossing always wipe off compound residuewith a soft cloth. Clean in ultrasonic bath.

Ref. 05225Soft wool

Ref. 05281Beige

HARD POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.

Ref. 05234Steel wire

Nocompoundrequired

POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.

Ref. 05205Ref. 05220Cotton

Ref. 05285White

FINE POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.Use a thin layer of compound regularly.

Ref. 05200Ref. 05221Flannel

Ref. 05286Green

GLOSSINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.After glossing always wipe off compound residue witha soft cloth. Clean in ultrasonic bath.

Ref. 05225Soft wool

Ref. 05286Green

HARD POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.

Ref. 05235Brass wire

Nocompoundrequired

POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.

Ref. 05205Ref. 05220Cotton

Ref. 05290Red

FINE POLISHINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.Use a thin layer of compound regularly.

Ref. 05200Ref. 05221Flannel

Ref. 05290Red

GLOSSINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.After glossing always wipe off compound residuewith a soft cloth. Clean in ultrasonic bath.

Ref. 05225Soft wool

Ref. 05290Red

1.400

1.4002.800

2.800

1.400

1.4002.800

2.800

1.400

1.400

rpm

GLOSSING MOP

Polishing StepsTechnical advice

95

2.6

FINE POLISHING MOPS

CompoundsWheels

Polishing Wheels and Compounds for LensesFor polishing and glossing CR39, polycarbonate or glass lenses

CR39 LENSES

GLASS LENSES

CR39 AND POLYCARBONATE LENS POLISHING

Ref. 01886SET OF WHEELS AND COMPOUNDSFOR CR39 AND POLYCARBONATE LENSESWheels: Ref. 05225, 05226, 05228Compounds: Ref. 05285, 05291, 05293.Tray included, suitable for new LMS Cube.

Ref. 05226Hard felt for flat edge polishing.Ø 100 mm 20 mmBore Ø 6 mm

Ref. 05228Hard felt, for bevel and flatedge polishing.Ø 70 mm 20 mmBore Ø 6 mm

96

2.6

POLYCARBONATE LENSES

Polishing StepsTechnical advice

Ref. 05225Soft wool mop.Ø 100 mm 35 mmTapered bore from Ø 9 to 6.5 mmReinforced wooden centre.

rpm

FOR COMPACT GLOSSING WITH COMPOUND GLASS LENS POLISHING

GLOSSINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.After glossing, always wipe off compound residue with a cloth.Clean in ultrasonic bath.

Ref. 05225Soft wool

Ref. 05293High lustrecompound

2.800

1.400POLISHING Apply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.Use a thin layer of compound. Apply frequently.

Ref. 05226Hard felt

Ref. 05285White

1.400Ref. 05228Hard feltwith groove

Ref. 05285White

GLOSSINGApply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.After glossing, always wipe off compound residue with a cloth.Clean in ultrasonic bath.

Ref. 05225Soft wool

Ref. 05293High lustrecompound

2.800

1.400POLISHING Apply gentle pressure to avoid overheating.Use a thin layer of compound. Apply frequently.

Ref. 05226Hard felt

Ref. 05291Ivory

1.400Ref. 05228Hard feltwith groove

Ref. 05291Ivory

2.800FINISHINGApply slightly more pressure.

Ref. 05250Rubberisedgrinding wheel

Nocompoundrequired

2.800POLISHING Apply slightly more pressure, keep lens turning.After polishing always wipe off compound residuewith a cloth. Clean in ultrasonic bath.

Ref. 05226Hard felt

Ref. 05281Beige

2.800Ref. 05228Hard feltwith groove

Ref. 05281Beige

Ref. 05250Rubberised wheel for finishing the edge of glasslenses. No compound required.Ø 100 mm 15 mmPlastic centre. Supplied with two plasticinterchangeable centres bore Ø 8 and 10 mm

97

2.6CompoundsWheels

GREY 1 Ref. 06838

GREY 2 Ref. 06840

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3

BROWN 1 Ref. 06830

BROWN 2 Ref. 06832

BROWN 3 Ref. 06834

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3

Water-soluble Dyeing PowdersBiodegradable - For CR39 - High index - Polycarbonate - 10 g sachets

98

25% � 1÷2’ 50% � 5÷7’ 75% � 9÷13’ 90% � 15÷25’

2.7

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

BLACK Ref. 06839

GREEN/GREY Ref. 06841

GREEN Ref. 06843

COBALT Ref. 06842 YELLOW Ref. 06844SUITABLE FOR NIGHT DRIVING

PINK Ref. 06845 RED Ref. 06847

CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4

CAT. 2 CAT. 3

CAT. 2

CAT. 2 CAT. 0

NEW

Water-soluble Dyeing PowdersBiodegradable - For CR39 - High index - Polycarbonate - 10 g sachets

99

75% � 9÷13’ 90% � 15÷25’

NOT SUITABLE FOR DRIVING.SIGNAL LIGHT COLOURSARE NOT ALWAYSDISTINGUISHABLE.

CAT. 1 CAT. 2

50% � 5÷7’

2.7

FREE-STANDING2 LENS HOLDER Ref. 06525Stainless steel.

INSTRUCTIONS• Heat 1 litre of demineralized water at 60°C and put the bag with the dye.• Heat solution to 93 °C and dip lens in using lens holder Ref. 06525.• Different hues can be obtained by varying the dipping times.

The sachet protects the tint powders indefinitely.Check the UV transmission with our UV & Visible Spectrotester Ref. 05052.

Printed colours may vary from actual lens tint.

NEW

NEW

NEW NEW NEW NEW

SPECIAL COLOUR BLACK 100%

BROWN A Ref. 06900

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 2 CAT. 3

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 2 CAT. 3

BROWN B Ref. 06901

BLACK Ref. 06907

DARK GREY Ref. 06903

• Dense tints for lenses are to be used under extreme conditions.• This dye is also very useful to darken or deepen an existing colour.• This colour is not suitable for use when driving (Cat. 4).• Not suitable for low percentage intensity tints as red, blue or green tones will dominate.

INSTRUCTIONS• Dye up to 70% using DARK GREY (Ref. 06903)• Dip the lens for about 20 minutes into BLACK 100%• Dip again into DARK GREY (Ref. 06903).• Wash lens holder and lenses thoroughly between steps.• Total time required: about 30 minutes.

Printed colours may vary from actual lens tint.

CAT. 4

Liquid Dyes for High IndexFor CR39 - High index - Polycarbonate - 50 ml

100

GREY B Ref. 06906BLUE GREY

25% ? 1÷2’ 50% ? 3÷4’ 75% ? 5÷10’ 90% ? 12÷14’

100% ? 20’

2.7

CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4

GREEN Ref. 06909

CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 3

CAT. 2 CAT. 2 CAT. 2

CAT. 1 CAT. 1

COBALT Ref. 06910

H.C. LUMINAL Ref. 06912

PINK Ref. 06913 RED Ref. 06914

GREEN/GREY Ref. 06908

Liquid Dyes for High IndexFor CR39 - High index - Polycarbonate - 50 ml

101

50% ? 3÷4’ 75% ? 5÷10’ 90% ? 12÷14’

H.C. ORANGE Ref. 06922

VIOLET Ref. 06927

CAT. 2

25% ? 3÷5’ 25% ? 3÷5’ 50% ? 20’

SPECIAL HIGH CONTRAST DYES

2.7

SPACE OPTIMIZATIONQUICK PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

INSTRUCTIONS• Dissolve the contents of one sachet into 1 litre

of distilled water at 60 °C. • Heat solution to 95°C and dip lens in. • Different hues can be obtained by varying

the dipping times. When high index and polycarbonate lenses havea coating suitable for tinting, the tinting timesare longer.

NOT SUITABLE FOR DRIVING.SIGNAL LIGHT COLOURSARE NOT ALWAYSDISTINGUISHABLE.

NOT SUITABLEFOR NIGHT DRIVING

BPI Liquid Dyes for LensesMolecular catalytic dyes™ for CR39 - 50 ml

102

SWISS CHOCOLATE Ref. 06861

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4

CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4

BROWN C Ref. 06864 - 50 ml | Ref. 06865 - 1 litre

BLACK Ref. 06870 - 50 ml | Ref. 06871 - 1 litre

CAT. 1 CAT. 2 CAT. 3

SUN GREY Ref. 06872 - 50 ml | Ref. 06873 - 1 litre

25% ? 1’ 50% ? 3÷5’ 75% ? 7÷10’ 90% ? 12÷20’

The dye molecules bondto the chemical structureof the lens and becomepart of it. Colours are morestable and the colouringtime is faster. Mix 50 ml of dye with1 litre of distilled water.

Printed colours may varyfrom actual lens tint.

BROWN ZS Ref. 06863

2.7

NOT SUITABLE FOR DRIVING.SIGNAL LIGHT COLOURSARE NOT ALWAYSDISTINGUISHABLE.

BPI Liquid Dyes for LensesMolecular catalytic dyes™ for CR39 - 50 ml

Clear CR39 lenses for tinting

103

CAT. 2 CAT. 3

CAT. 2

GREEN/GREY Ref. 06883

CAT. 2 CAT. 3 CAT. 4

GREEN Ref. 06880 - 50 ml | Ref. 06881 - 1 litre

BLUE Ref. 06885 YELLOW Ref. 06898 - 50 ml | Ref. 06899 - 1 litreSUITABLE FOR NIGHT DRIVING

CAT. 2 CAT. 0

RED Ref. 06890

75% ? 7÷10’ 90% ? 12÷20’50% ? 3÷5’

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE• Dissolve the contents of one sachet into

1 litre of distilled water at 60 °C. • Heat solution to 95°C and dip lens in. • Different hues can be obtained by varying

the dipping times.• Check the UV transmission with our

UV & Visible Spectrotester Ref. 05052.

Printed colours may vary from actual lens tint.

Base | Ø 76 mm | UV360 | Cat. 012 pcs.

B 8Base | Ø 73 mm | UV360 | Cat. 012 pcs.

B 6

Ref. 066601,8 mm

Ref. 06661

1,8 mmUV 400

Ref. 066652,2 mm

Ref. 066642,9 mm

Ref. 066681,8 mm

Ref. 066752,2 mm

2.7

INSTRUCTIONS• Mix the contents of 1 bottle with 1 litre of distilled water heated to 60°C• Heat solution to 92°C-95°C and dip lens in for a few seconds.

Ref. 06932NO RED is a special correcting liquid which eliminates one of the most common dyeproblems of red tones in dark grey or brown tints. It eliminates 5% of the red toneand adds 5% of the green tone, maintaining the same colour intensity. Bottle 50 ml.

Before and After TintingNo Red - Pre-Tinting - UV Diamond Dye 400 XL

104

HOW TO ELIMINATE RED TONES WITH “NO RED”

PERCEIVEDCOLOURUNCHANGED COLOUR TONEIMPROVED

ADDS 5% TO THE GREEN TONE

ELIMINATES 5%OF THE RED TONE

Ref. 06855Recommended when tinting polycarbonate, high index and CR39 lenses.Prepares lenses for tinting:• Dissolves oil and grease• Speeds up the dye cycle.1 litre bottle, ready for use.

INSTRUCTIONS• Heat the contents to 85°C-88°C• Dip the lens in for 5 minutes.

PRE TINTING

Ref. 06945• Absorbs up to 99% of UV light under 400 nm.• Increases scratch resistance.Lens will not turn yellow and no oven required.

Bottle 450 ml.

INSTRUCTIONSUV treatment must be applied before tinting. • Mix equal parts with distilled water.• Heat to 92°C-95°C in a clean container• Thoroughly clean the lens with PRE TINTING (Ref. 06855).• Using a clean lens holder, immerse the lens for 10-15 min.

Immersion time varies according to the thickness of the lens.

UV DIAMOND DYE 400 XL

2.7

Neutralizer Solutions and Coating RemoverCoating Remover and neutralizer solutions for CR39, polycarbonate and high index

105

Ref. 06854To remove dye from:• Polycarbonate lenses.• High index lenses.• Hard coated lenses.• Non flammable.

1 litre bottle, ready for use.

INSTRUCTIONS• Heat to 90°C.• Dip the lens until the required decoloring grade

has been achieved. • Rinse lens with water.• Do not mix with water.

NEUTRALISER SOLUTION FOR POLYCARBONATE AND HIGH INDEX LENSES

Ref. 06850Removes dye from organic lenses.. Non flammable.

1 litre bottle of concentrated solution.

INSTRUCTIONS• Dilute with distilled water, ratio 1:20.• Heat to 90°C.• Dip the lens until the required decolouring grade has been achieved.

NEUTRALISER SOLUTION FOR CR39

Ref. 06856For removing anti-reflection coating on CR39 lenses.Not recommended for use on hard coated lenses.

1 litre bottle, ready for use - do not dilute or mix with water.

INSTRUCTIONS• Use cold.• Pour the liquid into a glass or plastic beaker.• Using a dedicated lens holder, dip lens for 5-10 minutes,

remove from time to time to check.• Rinse the lens with water.

COATING REMOVER

2.7

SOLDER RODS Solder and flux combined for ready use. Ideal for nickel-silver, monel and stainless steel metal.

SOLDER WIRE

All-purpose soldering wire in silver alloy (40%).Easy flowing, suitable for nickel silver and monel metal. Melting range: 610°C - 650°C.To be used together with borax flux (Ref. 06208).

BORAX Promotes quick and easyflow of solder between the surfaces being soldered.

SOLDERING CONSUMABLES

ISOFLAM Ref. 06221Heat shielding paste. It will protect the non-solderedarea by dissipating heat for temperatures up to3,000°C (5,432°F). It isolates parts close to thesoldering point and reduces the risk of damage toplastic and painted parts. It does not stain andwashes off in water.50 g

Soldering Wire and Consumables

106

Ref. 06210 Soft yellow solder. Melting range: 655°C - 680°C.10 rods - 250 mm each Ø 0,9 mm

Ref. 06214 Yellow gold solder. Melting range: 605°C- 635°C.10 rods - 250 mm each Ø 0,9 mm

Ref. 06202Solder wire Ø 0.3 mm.Length: 2.5 m.

Ref. 06208Borax flux powder tobe mixed with hotdistilled water to make a paste. Melting range:500°C - 700°C.100 g

Ref. 06200 Solder wire Ø 0.5 mm.Length: 2.5 m.

Silver alloy

Flux

FLUORONRef. 06222A surface preparation for soldering. Apply before soldering.Enhances the flow of the solder. It alsoreduces burning around the soldering point. 100 ml bottle.

2.8

CONSUMABLES FOR MINIFLAM

CONSUMABLES FOR SOLDERING UNITS

Ref. 06020Caustic solutionElectrolyte 0.5 litre - 2 pcs.Ref. 06022Boric acid solution - flux 0.5 litre

FOR AIRFREIGHT DELIVERIESRef. 06054Caustic solution in grains 200 g

Ref. 06055Boric Acid in grains25 g

PLATING SOLUTIONS

Soldering and Plating Consumables

107

Ref. 06411Gold plating solution50 ml.

Ref. 06415Palladium plating solution50 ml.

Ref. 06421Clamp electrode

Ref. 06422Brush electrode

OXYGEN FOR MINIFLAMRef. 06106Oxygen 1 litre bottlefor Ref. 06100.

GAS FOR MINIFLAMRef. 06104Butane gas.70 ml bottle.Pack of 6 pcs.

Ref. 06105Butane gas.400 ml bottle.

2.8

NEW

108

3.1 Screwdrivers and Nutdrivers

• Metal Screwdrivers with silicone handle .......... 110• Metal Nutdrivers with silicone handle ................ 111• Aluminium Screwdrivers ......................................... 112• Aluminium Nutdrivers ............................................. 113• Third Hand .................................................................... 113• Eco-Line Screwdrivers .............................................. 114• Metal Screwdrivers with slot plug-in Blades ... 114• Metal Screwdrivers .................................................... 115• Screwdrivers with interchangeables Blades .... 116• Pick-up Screwdriver .................................................. 116• Nutdrivers with slot plug-in Blades ..................... 116

3.2 Optical Tools

• Screw Extractor ........................................................... 117• Screw End Miller ......................................................... 117• Hinge and Temple Miller ........................................ 117• Hinge Hole Aligner .................................................... 117• Broach Holder for Reamers and Taps ................. 117• Utilities ........................................................................... 118• Magnifiers with LED Light ...................................... 120• Quick Repair Kit (Pocket Screwdrivers) .............. 122

3.3 Pliers and Cutters

• For Metal Frames ....................................................... 126• For Adjusting Pads ..................................................... 130• For Spring Hinge Assembly ................................... 131• For Acetate Frames and Lens Axis Correction .. 132• For Supra Frames ....................................................... 134• For Rimless Frames .................................................... 135• For Glazing Blocks ...................................................... 138• For Chipping Lenses ................................................. 139• Cutters ............................................................................ 140• Precision Tweezers ..................................................... 142

3.4 Tool Racks

• Interlocking Plier Stand ........................................... 144• Magnetic Tool Bar....................................................... 144• Desk Racks .................................................................... 145

Tools3.

109

3.5 Screw Ejector - Clavulus

• Screw Ejector ............................................................... 146• Handheld Clavulus ..................................................... 147• Clavulus to Repair Plastic and Metal Frames ... 148

3.6 Drills, Millers and Taps

• Rimless Drills and Millers ......................................... 150• Diamond Millers for Lenses .................................... 151• Lens Hole Gauge ........................................................ 151• Twist Drills HSS ........................................................... 152• Screw Taps .................................................................... 152• Diamond Millers for Frames ................................... 152

3.7 Finishing Accessories

• Brushes .......................................................................... 153• Carborundum Grinders ........................................... 153• Millers ............................................................................. 153• Cutting Wheels ........................................................... 153• Silicone Polisher ......................................................... 153

3.8 Optical Tools and Measuring Instruments

• Reamers and Broaches.............................................. 154• Files ................................................................................. 155• Glass Cutter .................................................................. 156• Scissors and Scalpel Knife ....................................... 156• Multi-Purpose Scissors ............................................. 156• Oil Dropper .................................................................. 156• Filing Vice and Hammer .......................................... 157• Lens Clock - Thickness Gauges - PD Scales ...... 158• Lens Hole Gauge, Calipers and Rulers ............... 159

3.

Stainless steel blades with hexagonal plug-in

110

Metal Screwdrivers with Silicone Handles

02200 02202 02204 02206 02208 02210

02201 02203 02205 02207 02209 02211

02212 02214 02216 02218

02213 02215 02217 02219

SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref.

PHILLIPS AND TORX® SCREWDRIVER KITRef. 02224• 4 screwdrivers 1,5 - 2,0 - 2,5 mm - Torx® T6• 8 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Large knob 1 pc.• Stand included

FLAT SCREWDRIVER KITRef. 02196• 6 screwdrivers:

0,8 - 1,0 - 1,4 - 1,8 - 2,0 - 2,3 mm• 12 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Large knob1 pc.• Stand included

REPLACEABLE LARGE KNOBRef. 02248Ø 25 mm For extra power

3.1

SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref.

SCREWDRIVERS

Blade storageholders offerspace for extra blades.

SCREWDRIVERS

Metal Nutdrivers with Silicone Handles

111

02230 02232 02236 02238 02240 02242 02246

02231 02233 02237 02239 02241 02243 02247

NUTDRIVER KITRef. 02250• 7 nutdrivers

Hexagonal 2,0 - 2,2 - 2,5 mmStar 2,6 - 2,8 mm4 point 2,0 mm - slot nut 3,0 mm

• 14 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Stand included

3.1

NUTDRIVERS

SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref.

Stainless steel blades with hexagonal plug-in

SCREWDRIVERS AND NUTDRIVERSEVOLVED TO FACILITATETHE OPTICIAN’S WORK• Silicone material for a better grip• Two different shape types:

nut and screwdrivers• S/steel blades with hexagonal joints:

resistant and easy to replace• Backpart graphic with tool size and type

for quick identification• Exchangeable large knob for extra grip

SCREWDRIVERS• More grip needed: ergonomic shape

with non-slip in front area

NUTDRIVERS• Slim shape in front area allows more

precision in use, especially for rimlessassemblies

• Grip relief improves fixing

Blade storage holders offer spacefor extra blades.

FLAT AND PHILLIPS SCREWDRIVER KIT Ref. 02269• 8 screwdrivers

1,0 - 1,4 - 1,8 - 2,0 - 2,3 mm1,5 - 2,0 - 2,5 mm

• 16 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Stand included

SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)

Aluminium ScrewdriversLightweight - Stainless steel blades with hexagonal plug-in

112

02260 02261 02262 02263 02264

02203 02205 02207 02209 02211

02213 02215 02217

SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)

02266 02267 02268

3.1

FLAT SCREWDRIVERS

PHILLIPS SCREWDRIVERS

Blade storage holders offer spacefor extra blades.

Aluminium Nutdrivers - Third HandLightweight - Stainless steel blades with hexagonal plug-in

113

02275 02276 02277 0227802270 02271 3,002272 022742,3 2,5

02239 02241 02243 0224702231 02233 02273 02237

NUTDRIVER KITRef. 02279• 8 nutdrivers

Hexagonal 2,0 - 2,2 - 2,3 - 2,5 mmStar 2,6 - 2,8 mm4 point 2,0 mm - 2 point 3,0 mm

• 16 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Stand included

3.1

3,02,3 2,5

NUTDRIVERS

Blade storage holders offer spacefor extra blades.

THIRD HANDIdeal for rimless frames.

Ref. 02126Complete with 5 blades:• Flat screwdriver blade 1,8 mm• Phillips screwdriver blade 2,0 mm• Hexagonal nutdriver blade 2,0 mm• Hexagonal nutdriver blade 2,5 mm• Star nutdriver blade 2,6 mm

Third Hand

SPARE BLADES2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)

Ref. 022071,8 mm

Ref. 022152,0 mm

Ref. 022312,0 mm

Ref. 022372,5 mm

Ref. 022412,6 mm

SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)

Eco-Line ScrewdriversAluminium and metal handle - Stainelss steel blades

114

FLAT AND PHILLIPS SCREWDRIVER KIT Ref. 02029• 5 screwdrivers

1,0 - 1,5 - 1,8 - 2,3 mm2,0 mm

• 10 spare blades (2 of each Ref.)• Stand included

SPARE BLADES 2 pcs./Ref.

2,0

1,002031 02033 02035 02037 02039

2,31,81,51,0

2,01,5 1,8 2,3

3.1

FLAT AND PHILLIPS ALUMINIUM SCREWDRIVERS

Blade storage holders offer spacefor extra blades.

FLAT AND PHILLIPS METAL SCREWDRIVERS WITH SLOT PLUG-IN BLADES

02150

1,0 mm

02152

1,5 mm

02154

1,8 mm

02156

2,0 mm

02160

2,3 mm

02158

2,0 mm

SPARE BLADES 3 pcs./Ref.021511,0 mm

021531,5 mm

021551,8 mm

021572,0 mm

021612,3 mm

021592,0 mm

Ref. 02165SCREWDRIVERS KIT

1,0-1,5-1,8-2,3 mm2,0 mm

Wooden stand included

FLAT AND PHILLIPS METAL SCREWDRIVER KIT Ref. 02179• 6 screwdrivers

1,0 - 1,5 - 1,8 - 2,3 mm2,0 - 2,5 mm

• 18 spare blades (3 of each Ref.)• Tweezer Ref. 03705• Stand included

Ref. 021511,0 mm

Ref. 021701,0 mm

Ref. 021531,5 mm

Ref. 021721,5 mm

Ref. 021551,8 mm

Ref. 021741,8 mm

Ref. 021612,3 mm

Ref. 021762,3 mm

Ref. 021592,0 mm (DIN 00)

Ref. 021632,5 mm (DIN 0)

Ref. 021782,0 mm (DIN 00)

Ref. 021802,5 mm (DIN 0)

Ref. 02167Screwdriver completewith 4 interchangeableblades:

1,0-1,5-1,8 mm2,0 mm Spare blade holder

Metal ScrewdriversFlat and Phillips blades

115

SCREWDRIVER WITH SLOT PLUG-IN BLADES

3.1

FLAT AND PHILLIPS METAL SCREWDRIVERS WITH SLOT PLUG-IN BLADESSPARE BLADES3 pcs./Ref.

Blade storage holders offer spacefor extra blades.

Ref. 02259Screwdriver complete with4 interchangeable blades:

1,0-1,4-1,8-2,0 mm

SCREWDRIVER WITH HEXAGONAL PLUG-IN BLADES

ScrewdriversScrewdrivers with hexagonal and slot plug-in blades - Nutdrivers with slot plug-in blades

116

Ref. 02265Screwdriver complete with4 interchangeable blades:

1,5-2,0-2,5mm - Torx® T6

SCREWDRIVER WITH HEXAGONAL PLUG-IN BLADES

Spare bladeholder

Spare bladeholder

PICK-UP SCREWDRIVER

Ref. 021422,0 mm

Ref. 021442,0 mm

Ref. 02168Screwdriver complete with4 interchangeable blades:

1,0-1,5-1,8-2,0 mm

Ref. 02143Spare blade 2,0 mmfor Ref. 02142 - 1 pc.

HEAVY-DUTY SCREWDRIVER WITH SLOT PLUG-IN BLADES

3.1

NEW

NEW

Ref. 022031,0 mm

Ref. 022051,4 mm

Ref. 022071,8 mm

Ref. 022092,0 mm

SPARE BLADES2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)

Ref. 022131,5 mm

Ref. 022152,0 mm

Ref. 022172,5 mm

Ref. 02219Torx® T6

Spare bladeholder

Ref. 021511,0 mm

Ref. 021531,5 mm

Ref. 021551,8 mm

Ref. 021572,0 mm

SPARE BLADES3 pcs./Ref.

SPARE BLADES2 pcs./Ref. (hexagonal plug-in)

NUTDRIVERS WITH SLOT PLUG-IN BLADES

020602,0 mm

020622,2 mm

020742,3 mm

020642,5 mm

020662,0 mm

020682,6 mm

020702,8 mm

020723,0 mm02061

2,0 mm02063

2,2 mm

020752,3 mm

020652,5 mm

020672,0 mm

020692,6 mm

020712,8 mm

020733,0 mm

SPARE BLADES

1 pc./Ref.

HINGE AND TEMPLE MILLER FOR REDUCING CHARNIER THICKNESS

SCREW END MILLER FOR SMOOTHING RIMLESS SCREW ENDS

SCREW EXTRACTOR

Ref. 02043Spare blades - 2 pcs.: 1,0 - 1,2 mm

Ideal for the removalof broken screws

For reducing charnierthickness

For smoothing screwends for rimless screws

Optical ToolsScrew extractor - Millers - Hinge hole aligner - Broach holder

117

Ref. 02042Complete with 2 interchangeable blades: Ø 1,0 and 1,2 mm

Spare bladeholder

Ref. 02047Spare blades - 2 pcs.: 2,0 and 2,5 mm

Ref. 02046Complete with 2 interchangeable blades Ø 2,0 and 2,5 mm

Spare bladeholder

Ref. 02045Spare blades - 2 pcs.: 3,0 and 3,5 mm

Ref. 02044Complete with 2 interchangeable blades Ø 3,0 and 3,5 mm

Spare bladeholder

3.2

HINGE HOLE ALIGNER

Ref. 02051Spare blades - 3 pcs. (one each size)

Ref. 02050Screwdriver complete with 3 interchangeable blades:0,9÷1,2 mm - 1,0÷1,4 mm - 1,2÷1,6 mm

Spare bladeholder

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

Ref. 02544With 2 interchangeable steel collets: 0,1÷3,0 mm

BROACH HOLDER FOR REAMERS AND TAPS

NEW

Spare colletsholder

For all taps and broaches.

Utilities for your Lab

118

Silicone trays

3.2

T-SHIRT BOXRef. 02193Frame and componentsall in one place.

SOFT SILICONE PADRef. 02190Enables the use of table edges asassembly corners. Scratch protectionfor glasses.

SILICONE SMARTY BASERef. 02192Triangle is a separated part andcan be rotated to reach theideal position for each specificspectacle frame model.

SQUARE BOXRef. 02189A compact space forrepairs and assembliesideal also in the shop.

119

SCOOP - Protects lenses of rimless frames during assembly

3.2

SCOOP

Ref. 02195

Non slip silicone

protection pad.

Apply on rimless lenses to

prevent scratching during

assembly.

GHOST - Protects lenses while inserting the pad screws

FISH - Protects lenses while inserting the pad screws

FISHRef. 02194

Silicone protection

pad to be inserted

through nose pad arms

and sides to prevent lens

scratching during

assembly.

GHOST

Ref. 02191

Silicone protection pad to

be inserted through nose

pad arms and sides to

prevent lens scratching

during assembly.

Ideal for blocking screws

and pad screws.

Magnifiers with Led Light60 LED with white light, ideal for the lab

120

3.2

Ref. 22286

3D - 1,75XMagnifier 174x108 mmLarge vision field.Flexible arm with clamp fixing.Maximum depth 70 mmWeight: 2,0 kg

121

3.2

Ref. 22283

3D & 12D - 1,75X - 4XStand magnifier Ø 100 mmLarge vision field.With bifocal magnifierØ 20 mmBendable armh = 320 mmWeight: 1,4 kg

5-IN-1 POCKET SCREWDRIVER

Ref. 020825-in-1 pocket screwdriver Ref. 02081with plastic case. 24 pcs.

Ref. 020815-in-1 pocketscrewdriver. 24 pcs.

Ref. 02082P5-in-1 pocket screwdriverRef. 02082 with yourimprint on the case.Minimum quantity:150 pcs.

Ref. 02096Pocket screwdriverRef. 02098 with yourimprint on the case.Minimum quantity:150 pcs.

SCREWDRIVER REPAIR KIT

2,0 mm 1,8 mm 1,8 mm 2,2 mm

Ref. 02098Screwdriver with magnifier and spare screwsin plastic case. 12 pcs.

WIZ KITRef. 0208524 Mini screwdriverswith magnifierin counter display.

REFILLRef. 02084Pack of 24 pcs.

PRINTING SERVICERef. 02084P24 bespoke mini screwdriverswith magnifierMinimum quantity: 5 pkg. (120 pcs.)

WIZ KIT TO MAKE MINOR SPECTACLE REPAIRS EASIER!

Supplied with 6 spare screws

Quick Repair KitPocket Screwdrivers and Wiz Kit

122

2,5 mm

3.2

Quick Repair KitTable magnifier and school kit

123

Ref. 03910Hard case containing the following tools:

• Phillips head screwdriver 2,0 mm (DIN 00)• Screwdriver 1,8 mm• Screwdriver 2,3 mm• Carbide tip marker• Red extra-fine permanent marker pen 0.4 mm• Aluminium PD ruler 170 mm• Plastic PD scale with eye occluder 150 mm• Clipping plier with interchangeable jaws• Multi-purpose scissors• Protective goggle• Macroclean 1 EV King Size 40x40 mmDimensions: 275x190x60 mmWeight: 590 g

Clamp fixing

Starter Kit for optical schools

Ref. 21908

4D - 2XØ 90 mmWeight: 115 g

Flexible armh = 150 mm

Ref. 21909

3,5D - 2XØ 110 mmWeight: 144 g

3.2

BLUE COLOUR: Pliers for adjusting metal frames

Pliers: New Lab SystemEasy Navigation Concept

ORANGE COLOUR: Pliers for adjusting pads and pad arms

Ref. 03593

Orange silicone

handle cover

1 pair

CLEAR COLOUR: Pliers for adjusting acetate frames

Ref. 03595

Clear silicone

handle cover

1 pair

124

3.3

Ref. 03591

Blue silicone

handle cover

1 pair

GREEN COLOUR: Pliers for supra and rimless frames

Ref. 03592

Green silicone

handle cover

1 pair

RED COLOUR: Pliers for chipping lenses and removing suction caps

Ref. 03597Red siliconehandle cover1 pair

BLACK COLOUR: for cutters

Ref. 03594

Black silicone

handle cover

1 pair

3.3

125

For metal frames

Ref. 03221Spare jaws - 1 pair

Ref. 03221Spare jaws - 1 pair

TEMPLE ADJUSTING PLIER With 8 mm nylon jaws

INCLINATION PLIERWith 8 mm nylon jaws

126

Pliers for Adjusting Temple Arms and Metal Fronts

ANGLING PLIERWith two concave tips

0,6 mm

8 mm 8 mm

1,0 mm

Ref. 03220 Ref. 03250 Ref. 03320

3.3

For metal frames

127

Ref. 03271Spare jaws - 1 pair

Ref. 03281Spare jaws - 1 pair

BRIDGE ADJUSTING PLIER EYEWIRE SHAPERWith 19 mm nylon jaws

EYEWIRE SHAPERWith 24 mm nylon jaws

8 mm 19 mm 24 mm

Pliers for Bridge and Eyewire Curve Adjustments

Ref. 03285 Ref. 03270 Ref. 03280

3.3

Ref. 03286 Spare parts:4 red nylon pins + 2 plastic covers

For metal frames

128

Multi-Purpose Adjusting Pliers

ROUND SNIPENOSE PLIER

FLAT SNIPENOSE PLIER

FLAT NOSE PLIER

CURLED JAWSNOSE PLIER

Ref. 03000 Ref. 03015 Ref. 03050Ref. 03018

3.3

Multi-Purpose Adjusting PliersFor metal frames

129

Ref. 03402Spare peening tip - 1 pc.

THREE POINTADJUSTING PLIERIdeal to adjust pad arms and clip-ons

SIZE TESTING PLIER PEENING PLIERWith tempered steel peening tip

Ref. 03370 Ref. 03330 Ref. 03400

3.3

Pliers for Adjusting PadsFor metal frames

130

NOSE PADADJUSTING PLIER

SLIM NOSE PADADJUSTING PLIER

PUSH-ON NOSE PADREMOVING PLIER

PUSH-ON NOSE PAD REMOVING TWEEZER

Ref. 03390

Ref. 03365 Ref. 03360 Ref. 03368 Ref. 03390

3.3

Spring Hinge Plier KitFor spring hinge assembly

131

�Draw the spring hingeby bending

�Clamp the spring hingeat the base

�Insert the pin to holdthe hinge open

�Re-align the barrel, insertand tighten the screw

SPRING HINGE TOOL

SCREW HOLDING TWEEZER Ref. 03722

3.3

SPRING HINGE PLIER KIT

Ref. 03489Complete with:1 spring hinge plier1 screw tweezer1 spring hinge tool3 double sized pins1 screwdriver1 trayRef. 01683

DOUBLE SIZED PINS

Screwdriver 2,0 mmRef. 02258

Spring hinge plier

0,5x0,7 mm

1,0x1,0 mm

0,7x0,9 mm

1,2x1,4 mm

0,6x0,6 mm 0,6x0,8 mm

Ref. 03488.1

Pliers for Adjusting Plastic Sides and TemplesFor acetate frames

132

HOLDING PLIERWith 10 mm nylon jaws

HOLDING PLIERWith 10 mm nylon jaws

TEMPLE BENDING PLIERWith four curves

Ref. 03201Spare jaws - 1 pair

Ref. 03241Spare jaws - 1 pair

Ref. 03246Spare jaws - 1 pair

1,2 mm

10 mm10 mm

Ref. 03200 Ref. 03240 Ref. 03245

3.3

Pliers for Lens Axis CorrectionFor acetate frames

133

FOR LARGE FRAMESWith rubber padsØ 26 e 32 mm

Ref. 03299Spare rubber pads - 1 pair

Ref. 03297Spare rubber pads - 1 pair

Ref. 03291Spare rubber pads - 1 pair

20 mm

10 mm

Ø 2

6 m

m

Ø 3

2 m

m

Ø 2

6 m

m

FOR SMALL FRAMESWith rubber pads20x10 mm

FOR MEDIUM FRAMESWith rubber padsØ 26 mm

Ref. 03298 Ref. 03296 Ref. 03295

3.3

Pliers for Supra FramesFor rimless and supra frame adjustments

134

INCLINATION PLIERWith 8 mm nylon jaws

NYLON HOLDING PLIER PRESS-IN NYLON PLIERTo pull the nylon thread

Ref. 03221Spare jaws - 2 pcs.

Ref. 03481Spare hook - 1 pc.

8 mm

0,5 mm

MOUNTING HOOKTo insert the thread into thegroove of the lens

Ref. 03475 Ref. 03470 Ref. 03480Ref. 03465

3.3

Pliers for Rimless FramesTo insert, remove and cut plastic pins

135

TO INSERTPLASTIC PINS

TO REMOVEPLASTIC PINS

TO CUTPLASTIC PINS

Ref. 03267Spare nylon jaws - 1 pair

Ref. 03261Spare nylon jaws - 1 pair

Ref. 03265 Ref. 03260 Ref. 03585

3.3

10 mm

Pliers for Rimless FramesFor bending metal sides and for cutting nickel-silver screws

136

METAL SIDEADJUSTING PLIERWith 10 mm nylon jaw

FOR SMOOTHING RIMLESSSCREW ENDS AFTER CUTTINGComplete with 2 interchangeableblades Ø 2,0 and 2,5 mm

DOUBLE CUT EFFECTØ 1,5 mm - L = 140 mm

Ref. 03201 Spare jaws - 1 pairRef. 03231 Spare pin covers - 4 pcs.

Flat cut. Does not damagethe screw thread.

Ø 1,5 mm

Ref. 03230 Ref. 02046 Ref. 03515

3.3

Ref. 02047Spare blades 2,0 - 2,5 mm - 2 pcs.

For cutting nickel-silver screws

137

DOUBLE CUTØ 1,2 mmL = 100 mm

DOUBLE CUTØ 1,5 mmL = 100 mm

INCLINED SIDE CUTTERMade of chrome-vanadiumL=110 mm

Flat cut. Does not damagethe screw thread.

Flat cut.Flat cut. Does not damagethe screw thread.

Ø 1,2 mm Ø 1,5 mm

Ref. 03512 Ref. 03510 Ref. 03582

Pliers for Rimless Frames 3.3

13 mm

138

DE-BLOCKING PLIERFOR SUCTION CAPS

DE-BLOCKING PLIERFOR FLEXIBLE BLOCKS

Pliers for Glazing Blocks

15 mm

For removing suction caps and flexible blocks

Ref. 03450 Ref. 03455

3.3

DE-BLOCKING PLIERFOR SUCTION CAPS

Ref. 03452

11 mm

NEW

Pliers for Chipping LensesFor mineral lenses

139

CHIPPING PLIER WITHINTERCHANGEABLE JAWS

CHIPPING PLIER WITHFIXED JAWS

18 mm

Ref. 03421Spare jaws - 1 pair

30 mm

Ref. 03420 Ref. 03430

3.3

140

Precision CuttersMade of stainless steel for “V” cutting nickel-silver screws

S/STEEL INCLINEDSIDE CUTTER

S/STEELSIDE CUTTER

CHROME-VANADIUMCUTTER

S/STEELEND CUTTER

“V” Cutting

Ref. 03500 Ref. 03540 Ref. 03580Ref. 03545

3.3

Cutters with Hard Metal InsertsFlat cutting for stainless steel screws and core wires

141

HARD METALFLAT CUTTING BLADESWith carbide tips

HARD METALINCLINED SIDE CUTTERWith carbide tips

Tips are brittle and may be damaged by impact or mis-use

HARD METAL DOUBLE JOINT FLATFRONT CUTTERWith carbide tips

HARD METALDOUBLE JOINTFLAT SIDE CUTTERWith carbide tips

Flat Cutting

Ref. 03546 Ref. 03548 Ref. 03552Ref. 03550

3.3

Precision TweezersStainless steel

142

PICK-UP TWEEZERL=110 mmStraight pointed tips.

CORRUGATED TIPSL=150 mmStraight tips.

CORRUGATED TIPSL=145 mmCurved pointed tips.

SELF-CLOSINGFOR SOLDERING L=175 mmWith insulated handles.Ideal for holding partsduring soldering.

Ref. 03700 Ref. 03710 Ref. 03730Ref. 03715

PICK-UP TWEEZERL=120 mmRounded tips.Antimagnetic andacid resistant.

Ref. 03705

3.3

NEW

UNIVERSALNUTDRIVERFor all hex and starnuts.

Ref. 02128 NEW

SCREW HOLDINGL=105 mmRibbed tips.Ideal0 for holdingsmall screws.

Ref. 03718

L=125 mmRibbed tips.With slide lock.

Ref. 03722 NEW

SCREW HOLDINGL=133 mmWith grooves onboth tips ideal forholding pad screws.

Ref. 03724 NEW

SCREW HOLDINGL=145 mmTwo slots idealfor holdingall types of screws.

Ref. 03720

SELF-CLOSINGL=150 mmTwo slots idealfor holdingall types of screws.

Ref. 03725

Precision TweezersStainless steel

143

3.3

Tool RacksNon-slip, soft silicone - Magnetic tool bar

144

PLIER STANDRef. 03955Stand in black siliconefor 4 pliers.Size: 125x125x125 mm

Modular interlocking plier stand

MAGNETIC TOOL BARRef. 03970Ideal for the laboratory.Size: 500x21x50 mm

3.4

Tool RacksDesk racks

145

DESK RACKRef. 03950Small acrylic plier stand forscrewdrivers, taps, tweezers, etc.Suitable for the practice and for the lab.Size: 300x165x130 mm

PLIER STANDRef. 03965S/SteelSize: 210x130x130 mm

3.4

Screw EjectorTo eject broken screws from temple hinges and eyerims

146

Ref. 03800Ejector to extractbroken screws fromhinges and eyerims.Complete with starter set.

STARTER SET ACCESSORIES

ACCESSORIES ON REQUEST

Ref. 03809Point and flat anvilfor screw riveting

2,0 mm bore 2,7 mm bore 3,0 mm bore

1,0 mm bore

Ref. 038012 temple pointsfor temples

Ref. 03802Anvil for screwswith 1.8 mmhead

Ref. 03803Anvil for screwswith 2.5 mmhead

Ref. 03804Anvil for screwswith 2.8 mmhead

Ref. 038052 points foreyerims andscrews difficultto reach

Ref. 03806Eyerim anvil

3.5

Ref. 04072.1

Handheld ClavulusFor removing broken screws

147

Ref. 04072Handheld Clavulusto remove brokenscrews from hingesand rim locking blocks.

Complete with4 different sleevesfor different screwdiameters:

Ø 2,0 - h. 9 mmØ 2,0 - h. 13 mmØ 2,7 - h. 13 mmØ 3,0 - h. 13 mm

Ref. 04072.1Spare pins3 pcs.

3.5

2,0 mm bore 2,0 mm bore 2,7 mm bore 3,0 mm bore NEW

Ref. 04070Clavulus with wooden base.Complete with accessories(marked with � on the next page).

This tool provides quick andefficient repairs to all typesof spectacle frames.

FIELDS OF APPLICATION:• riveting• milling• marking• punching• bending• cutting

RIVETINGUse tool Ref. 04004 or Ref. 04005 and anvilRef. 04028

PUNCHESPre-punching for fixing hinges with tools Ref. 04009 or Ref. 04013and anvil Ref. 04028.

SCREW PEENINGUse tool Ref. 04001 and anvilRef. 04023 with base Ref. 04016.

ClavulusTo repair plastic and metal frames

148

3.5

04002 � 04005 � 04007 � 04009 � 04012 � (10 pcs.)

04019 � 04018 � 04025 �

04001 � 04004 � 04006 � 04008 04013 � 04061

04016 �

04020 � 04023 �

04050Screwfor base

04075Central gear

BENDING DEVICE FOR BRIDGE NARROWING

TOOLS

ANVILS

SPARE PARTS FOR REF. 04070 SLOTTED ANVIL

FOR REMOVAL OFBROKEN SCREWSUse tool Ref. 04002with anvil Ref. 04061.

FOR REMOVAL OFBROKEN HINGESUse tool Ref. 04009and tool Ref. 04013(temple holder forpunch extraction)with Ref. 04021.

04065 With wide and narrow moulds and one former

0402804077Rack

ClavulusAccessories and parts

149

3.5

04021 �

Ref. 02369Ø 1,0 mm.ShaftØ 2,0 mmFor E. MR. B.Edgers

MILLER

NEW

Ref. 02368Ø 1,0 mmShaftØ 1,6 mmFor E. MR. B.Edgers

Ref. 02367Ø 1,0 mmShaftØ 1,5 mmFor E. KCTDEdgers

Ref. 02364Ø 1,0 mm.ShaftØ 3,0 mmFor B.Edgers

NEW

1 pc.HARD METAL DRILLS AND MILLERS FOR AUTOMATIC EDGERS

NEW

FOR PLASTIC, POLYCARBONATEAND TRIVEX LENSES

Ref. 02366Ø 1,0 mmShaftØ 3,0 mmFor W. PRO L.Edgers

Ref. 02363Ø 1,0 mm.ShaftØ 3,175 mmFor N.Edgers

1 pc.

02330 02332 02333 02334 02336 02337 02394

Ø 0

,8

Ø 1

,0

Ø 1

,1

Ø 1

,2

02396

Ø 1

,3

Ø 1

,4

Ø 1

,6

Ø 1

,8

Ø 1

,9

02397

Ø 2

,2

Ref. 02399Assortment of11 hard metal drills1 pc./Ref. (Ref. 02338-Ref. 02394not included).

Ø 0

,9

Ø 1

,5

02331 0239802335

2 pcs.HARD METAL DRILLS AND MILLERS Shaft Ø 3.2 mm

MILLER FOR POLYCARBONATEAND TRIVEX LENSES

DRILL FOR GLASSLENSES

Ref. 02392Ø 1,2 mmShaftØ 3,2 mm

Ref. 02393Ø 1,3 mmShaftØ 3,2 mmUse at slow speed (400 rpm).With cutting oil.

Rimless Drills and MillersIn hard metal (carbide)

150

1 pc.

NEW

3.6

Very hard drills idealfor plastic materials,polycarbonate andtrivex.Optimal in highrotation(1000 to 5000 rpm).Brittle in case ofbending or shock.

NEW

SPECIAL HARD METAL DRILL AND MILLER Shaft Ø 3.2 mm

02338

Ø 2

,0

CYLINDRICAL MILLER Shaft Ø 1.6 mm

Ref. 02371For drilling notches (in plastic and glass lenses).

1,1 mm

8,0

1 pc.

COUNTERSINKING MILLER Shaft Ø 1.6 mm

Ref. 02374Hand mill only.Removes sharp edges and lens stress.Reduces edge chipping and splitting.Use with tool holder Ref. 02544

1 pc.

3,1 mm

3,5

Ref. 02379DIAMOND MILLER KITAssortment of 5 diamond tools1 pc./Ref.

For lenses: Ref. 02371Ref. 02374

For frames: Ref. 02370 Ref. 02372 Ref. 02373

Diamond MillersFor lenses and frames

151

3.6

4,0 mm 5,5 mm

0,71,1

TAPERED MILLER Shaft Ø 1.6 mm

WHEEL MILLERS Shaft Ø 1.6 mm

02372 02373

Ref. 02370For cleaning andpolishing the framegroove after soldering.

For cutting thick lensedges that protrudebeyond frame rim orto re-slot brokenscrews.

1 pc.

1 pc.

2,3 mm

2,0

Drills, Taps and MillersIn HHS steel

152

3.6

SCREW END MILLER FOR SMOOTHING RIMLESS SCREW ENDS Shaft Ø 2,34 mm.

SPECIAL MILLERS TO INSERT STRASS Shaft Ø 2,34 mm.

Ref. 02384Countersink to insert the strass.

2 pcs.

2 pcs.

1,8 mm

1,6

Special Stainless Steel Millers (for Drill)

PUNTE PER FORARE

02300 02301 02302 02303 02304 02305 02306 02307 02308

Ø 0

,8

Ø 0

,9

Ø 1

,0

Ø 1

,1

Ø 1

,2

Ø 1

,3

Ø 1

,4

Ø 1

,5

Ø 1

,6

3 pcs.TWIST DRILLS HSS - WORKING SPEED 800 TO 3000 RPM

Ref. 02312Assortment of 18 twistdrills in plastic wallet(2 each size).

SCREW TAPS

02350 02351 02352 02353 02354 02355 02356 02357 02358

M 0

,8x0

,20

M 1

,0x0

,25

M 1

,2x0

,25

M 1

,3x0

,30

W 1

,4x0

,40

RB L

ENS

SCRE

W

W 1

,2x0

,30

RB T

EMPL

E SC

REW

M 1

,4x0

,30

M 1

,5x0

,30

M 1

,6x0

,35

1 pc.

MASCHI PER FILETTARE

Ref. 02365Assortment of 9 taps inplastic wallet (1 each size).

Ref. 02544 Broach holder

Ref. 02389For smoothing rimlessscrew ends.

3,0 mm

1,9

NEW

NEW

Finishing AccessoriesBrushes, grinders, millers, cutting wheels and polishers

153

02430 02431 02432 02433

BRUSHES - Ø 20 mm - Shaft Ø 2,34 mm 6 pcs.

CARBORUNDUM GRINDERS - Shaft Ø 2.35 mm 6 pcs.

Ref. 02460Assorted finishing accessory set on wooden tray: 8 brushes, 4 grinders, 6 drills, 6 millers. Size: 155x80x22 mm

Ref. 02421brass wire

Ref. 02422steel wire

Ref. 02424felt

Ref. 02426soft cotton

Ref. 02429hard felt

Ref. 02445Parting wheelØ 24 mm

12 pcs.

Ref. 02446Metal cutting wheelØ 21 mm

2 pcs.

Ref. 02442Polishing wheel.

Ref. 02443Wedgepolishing wheel.

Ref. 02444Fine abrasionrubber wheel.

Ref. 02447Coarse abrasionrubber wheel.

CUTTING WHEELS - Mandrel Ref. 02440 not included

SILICONE POLISHERS - Mandrel Ref. 02440 not included 4 pcs.

Ref. 02440Mandrel Ø 2.35 mm2 pcs.

FRESE

Ref. 02395Assortment of 18 millers inplastic wallet (2 each type).

MILLERS - Shaft Ø 2.34 mm

02380 02381 02382 02383 02385 02386 02387 02388 02390

Ø 0

,9

Ø 1

,0

Ø 1

,2

Ø 1

,4

Ø 1

,6

Ø 2

,3

Ø 1

,8

Ø 2

,3

Ø 1

,2

3 pcs.

3.7

Ref. 02544

With 2 interchangeable steel collets 0,1÷3,0 mmFor all taps and broaches.

TAPERED REAMERS WITHOUT HANDLES 2 pcs.

Ref. 02500 1,2 mm

Ref. 02501 1,4 mm

Ref. 02502 1,6 mm

Ref. 02503 1,8 mm

Ref. 02504 2,5 mm

1 pc.

TAPERED REAMERS WITH PLASTIC HANDLES 2 pcs.

Ref. 02510 1,2 mm

Ref. 02511 1,4 mm

Ref. 02512 1,6 mm

Ref. 02513 1,8 mm

Ref. 02514 2,5 mm

Ref. 025095 assorted taperedreamers withouthandles in plastic case(1 each size). BROACH HOLDER FOR REAMERS AND TAPS

Ref. 02547 From 0,0 to 1.0 mm

Ref. 02548 From 1,0 to 2,0 mm

BROACH HOLDERS FOR REAMERS AND TAPS

Reamers and BroachesFor opticians, jewellers and goldsmiths

154

3.8

Ref. 025195 assorted taperedreamers with handles inplastic case (1 each size).

NEW

155

NEEDLE FILES EXTRA QUALITY 160 mm

Cut 0 Cut 202900 02910

02901 02911

02902 02912

02903 02913

02904 02914

Ref. 02940 one side plain to adjust sides on the front of plastic frames

Ref. 02941Thickness:at edges 0,15 mmin centre 0,40 mm

Cut 3Ref. 02945Thickness 0,6 mm

FILE FOR PLASTIC MATERIAL 125 mm

Ref. 02950 Flat file for plastic material - one narrow side with stroke

FLAT TAPERED TIP FILE 125 mm

SCREW HEAD SLOT FILE

HINGE GUARD FILE

OPTICIANS FILES FOR METAL 100 mm

FLAT NEEDLE FILE 100 mm Cut 2

02920 Ø 1,0 mm02922 Ø 1,2 mm02924 Ø 1,6 mm

Ref. 02939Needle file handle - 1 pc.

1 pc.

LENS DRILL HOLE AND HINGE FILE 102 mm Cut 31 pc.

1 pc.

1 pc.

1 pc.

1 pc.

02908

3.8

02905 02915Needle file set - 5 pcs.

Files

02925Cylindrical file set - 3 pcs.

Cut 5

Shape

Shape

Shape

Shape

Shape

Shape

Cut 3

Cut 0

Ref. 02975 Wooden file handle 100 mm - 1 pc.

ROUND KNURLED HANDLE - NO SLIP

Glass Cutter - Scissors - Scalpel KnifeFor opticians and optical technicians

156

OIL DROPPER

Ref. 02985 Oil dropper

Ref. 02987 Oil - 10 mlIdeal for spring hinges

GLASS CUTTERS

Ref. 02811Carbide point

Ref. 02812Spare carbide point Ø 2 mm - 1 pc.

Ref. 03782With plastic covered handles for easy cutting of pattern blanks

MULTI-PURPOSE SCISSORS

SCISSORS AND SCALPEL KNIFE

Ref. 03781Metal snippers with straight blades.Ideal to shape clip-ons.180 mm

Ref. 03785Scalpel knife with metal handle and 2 spare blades150 mm

Ref. 03786Spare blade 3 pcs.

Scalpel knife formodelling patterns,clip-on lenses, nylonthreads, foils.

3.8

NEW

NEW

Filing Vice - Hammer - ViceFor opticians and optical technicians

157

VICERef. 02990Able to swivel through360°, this vice adjuststo any working position.Removable 70 mmrubber pads.Can be bench-mountedby either suction capsor screws.

Ref. 02991Spare partsRubber pads 70 mm2 pcs.

HAMMER

Ref. 02866Round headweight: 50 g

FILING VICE

Ref. 02978Right inclination.

3.8

ANODIZED ALUMINIUM - 170 mmRef. 04957Highly flexible, scale non-erasable. 1 pc.

PLASTIC - 170 mmRef. 04954Highly flexible, scale non-erasable. 1 pc.

Measuring InstrumentsLens clock

158

Ref. 04950THICKNESS GAUGEWITH HARDENED BALL TIPSMeasuring range: 0-10 mmJaw depth: 35 mmReading: 0,05 mm

Ref. 04955THICKNESS GAUGEWITH HARDENED BALL TIPSMeasuring range: 0-20 mmJaw depth: 80 mmReading: 0,05 mm

Ref. 04980LENS CLOCK WITH SAPPHIRE BALL TIPSThe lens clock measures the lens curve (base)and determines the optical power of the lens.Measuring range: 0 - 20 dioptresDouble scale for refraction index: n=1.523 and n=1.70Example 1LENS CURVE READING WITH SCALE n=1.523External lens surface (positive): +4.0 dpt = BASE 4Example 2LENS CURVE READING WITH SCALES n=1.523 and n=1.70External lens surface (positive): +4.0 dpt Internal lens surface (negative): –2.0 dpt =Optical power: +2.0 dpt

Ref. 04959 Plastic PD scale with eye occluder Measuring range: 150 mm

Thickness gauges

PD-scales

3.8

1 pc.

DIGITAL CALIPER GAUGERef. 04960Digital display “mm” and “inch” readings.Reading: 0,01 mm = 0.004 inchesMeasuring range: 100 mmDepth of mouth: 30 mmBattery: round cell 1,5V

1 pc.

VERNIER CALIPERRef. 04964Stainless steel, polished finish.Reading: 1/20 mm = 1/128 inchesMeasuring range: 150 mmDepth of mouth: 40 mm

1 pc.

Measuring InstrumentsLens hole gauge

159

Ref. 04962Ideal for quickly checking the rimless lenshole diameter.6 rounded steel tips each one with a doublemeasuring scale.0.8-1.2 mm 0.9-1.3 mm 1.0-1.4 mm1.1-1.5 mm 1.6-1.8 mm 2.0-2.2 mm

1 pc.

Ref. 04956S/steel ruler - Measuring range: 0-150 mm 1 pc.

Ref. 04958S/steel ruler - Measuring range: 0-200 mm 1 pc.

Calipers

Rulers

3.8

160

Equipment and Appliances

4.1 Frame Heaters

• Single air flow - One temperature setting ......... 164• Single air flow - Multiple temperature settings . 165• Single air flow - One temperature setting ......... 166• Dual air flow - Two temperature settings........... 168• Dual air flow - Multiple temperature settings .. 169

4.2 Ultrasonic Cleaners

• Digital setting - Continuous vibrations .............. 172• Digital setting - Continuous vibrations

with heating ................................................................. 174• S/steel - Variable Timer Switch ................................. 175• S/steel with adjustable heating ............................ 176

4.3 Tester

• Marking identifier for progressive lenses ......... 180• Strain gauge ................................................................. 181• Photochromic tester ................................................. 182• Polarized lens tester .................................................. 182• Tri-Tester ........................................................................ 183• UV & Visible Spectrotester ...................................... 184• Lens meter .................................................................... 185

4.4 Hand Edgers and Bench Polisher

• Automatic lens groover ........................................... 188• Hand edger .................................................................. 190• Professional hand edger ......................................... 191• Hand edger with front facing diamond wheel 192• Accessories for hand edgers .................................. 193• Lens edge polisher .................................................... 194• Dual speed bench polisher .................................... 195

4.

161

4.5 Drills and Millers

• Proxxon hand drill ..................................................... 198• Proxxon bench press drill......................................... 199• Lens drilling system for rimless frames .............. 200• Digital lens drilling system for rimless frames 202• Flex shaft drill ............................................................... 203

4.6 Soldering Units and Digital Plating Unit

• Miniflam torch ............................................................. 206• Soldering units - Water electrolisys system ...... 208• Electric soldering carbon welding units ............ 210• Hinge embedding unit ............................................ 211• Soldering consumables ........................................... 212• Digital plating unit .................................................... 214• Soldering steps ........................................................... 216

4.7 Tinting units

• Two electric plates ..................................................... 220• Four electric plates .................................................... 221• Seven plates - Oil bath ............................................. 222• Automatic gradation unit ....................................... 223• Accessories for tinting .............................................. 224• CR39 Clear lens for tinting - UVTester ................ 225• Do’s and dont’ts of tinting ...................................... 226

4.

Frame Heaters

Frame heaters for the practice

162

4.1

Pag.

With closed lid temperaturerises up to +20/30°C

The diffuser allows an eventemperature in the cup andreduces the risk of framedamage from overheating

AIR FLOW

164 Pag. 165 Pag. 166

Eventemperature

Frame heaters for the practice and the lab

163

4.1

Eventemperature

Constanthot air stream

AIR FLOW

AIR

FLOW

Eventemperature

Eventemperature

Pag. 167 Pag. 168 Pag. 169

AIR

FLOW

Eventemperature

Eventemperature

Frame HeaterSingle air flow - One temperature setting

164

450WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

40”

FRAME HEATEDUP IN

~120°~140°

TEMPERATURERANGE

SPARE PARTS

Ref. 05020.3 Heat concentratorRef. 05020.1 Heating elementRef. 05020.5 Switch ON/OFF

4.1

FRAME HEATERUPRIGHTRef. 05022• Heat concentrator included.• Internal temperature regulator. • Heat resistant plastic cup and lid.Air temperature:with open lid 120°Cwith closed lid 140°C

Overall measurements:140x140x300 mmBase: 140x140 mmWeight: 1.8 kg

Ref. 05022 230V AC

Ref. 05022CH 230V AC

Ref. 05022GB 230V AC

Ref. 05022AUS 230V AC

Ref. 05022USA 115V AC

With closed lid temperaturerises up to +20/30°C

The diffuser allows an eventemperature in the cup andreduces the risk of framedamage from overheating

AIR FLOW

Eventemperature

• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge

AIR FLOW

Concentrated temperature

PLUG SUPPLIED

Frame HeaterSingle air flow - Multiple temperature settings

90

75

100

110

160

140

13012

0

180

Multipletemperaturesetting

300WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

~75°~180°

TEMPERATURERANGE

FRAME HEATERMULTIPLE TEMPERATURERef. 05030• Variable electronic temperature• control from 75°C to 180°C.• Constant air stream.• Heat concentrator.• Heat diffuser cup with lid.

Size: 105x160x255 mm Weight: 1.5 kg.

SPARE PARTS

40”

FRAME HEATEDUP IN

165

4.1

Ref. 05030.1 - Heating elementRef. 05030.2 - Heat diffuser cup with lidRef. 05030.3 - Heat concentrator

Ref. 05030 230V AC

Ref. 05030CH 230V AC

Ref. 05030GB 230V AC

Ref. 05030AUS 230V AC

Ref. 05030USA 115V AC

With closed lid temperaturerises up to +20/30°C

The diffuser allows an eventemperature in the cup andreduces the risk of framedamage from overheating

AIR FLOW

Eventemperature

• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge

AIR FLOW

Concentrated temperature

PLUG SUPPLIED

166

4.1 Frame HeaterSingle air flow - One temperature setting

450WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

40”

FRAME HEATEDUP IN

~120°~140°

TEMPERATURERANGE

SPARE PARTS

Ref. 05020.3 Heat concentratorRef. 05020.1 Heating elementRef. 05020.5 Switch ON/OFF

FRAME HEATERHORIZONTALRef. 05020• Heat concentrator

included.• Internal temperature

regulator. • Heat resistant plastic cup

and lid.Air temperature:with open lid 120°Cwith closed lid 140°C

Overall measurements:110x110x250 mmWeight: 1.8 kg

Ref. 05020 230V AC

Ref. 05020CH 230V AC

Ref. 05020GB 230V AC

Ref. 05020AUS 230V AC

Ref. 05020USA 115V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

With closed lid temperaturerises up to +20/30°C

The diffuser allows an eventemperature in the cup andreduces the risk of framedamage from overheating

AIR FLOW

Eventemperature

• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge

AIR FLOW

Concentrated temperature

Frame HeaterSingle air flow - One temperature setting

167

FRAME HEATER WITHINTERNAL THERMOSTATRef. 05008Compact frame heater:• Compact design, noiseless.• Even air temperature,

controlled by internalthermostat.

• Dual arm frame support.• Heat resistant plastic hood

and frame support.• Heat resistant plastic

heat concentrator(Ref. 05013) included.

• Incorporates safety thermalcut-out switch.

Size: 160x100x220 mmWeight: 2 kg.

Ref. 05013Heat concentratorRef. 05008.1Heating elementRef. 05012Switch ON/OFF

1200WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

~140°

TEMPERATURERANGE

SPARE PARTS

4.1

30”

FRAME HEATEDUP IN

Ref. 05008 230V AC

Ref. 05008CH 230V AC

Ref. 05008GB 230V AC

Ref. 05008AUS 230V AC

Ref. 05008USA 115V AC

Eventemperature

Constanthot air stream

AIR FLOW

PLUG SUPPLIED

• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge

AIR FLOW

Concentratedtemperature

Frame HeaterDual air flow - Two temperature settings 75°C and 140°C

168

FRAME HEATERRef. 05024• Constant air temperature• controlled by internal

thermostat.• Two temperature settings,• 75°C and 140°C.• Heat resistant plastic vents

and lid.• Heat resistant plastic heat

concentrator included.• Incorporates safety thermal

cut-out switch.Size: 200x144x213 mmWeight: 1.6 kg.

LOW TEMPERATURE 75°C:for polycarbonate and special frame materialse.g. optyl, polyamide, compounds.

MEDIUM/HIGH TEMPERATURE 140°C:for traditional materials.

Ref. 05024.3 Heat concentratorRef. 05024.1 Heating elementRef. 05020.5 Switch ON/OFFRef. 05024.6 SPDT Switch

900WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

~75°~140°

TEMPERATURERANGE

SPARE PARTS

4.1

30”

FRAME HEATEDUP IN

AIR

FLOW

Eventemperature

Eventemperature

AIR FLOW

Dual air streams,even temperatureon rim without havingto move frame

Ref. 05024 230V AC

Ref. 05024CH 230V AC

Ref. 05024GB 230V AC

Ref. 05024AUS 230V AC

Ref. 05024USA 115V AC

• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge

Concentrated temperature

PLUG SUPPLIED

Frame HeaterDual air flow - Multiple temperature settings

169

RANGE 2 °CRANGE 1 °CHOT AIRCOLD AIRPOWERCONSUMPTION

750 MIN.1500 MAX.

WATT

~75°~100°

~120°~160°

MULTIPLE TEMPERATURE SETTINGRef. 05015Constant air temperature, controlled by variablethermostat.Two heat and one cooling settings:1. Using the 1st heat setting:• Middle temperature 75°C – 100°C (167-212°F),

controlled by variable thermostat.2. Adding the 2nd heat setting:• High temperature 120°C -160°C (248-320°F),

controlled by variable thermostat.3. Cooling setting:• Separate cooling setting for cool air.• Heat resistant plastic and concentrator

included Ref. 05014).• Incorporates safety thermal cut-out

switch.

Ref. 05011Heating elementRef. 05014Heat concentrator

SPARE PARTS

4.1

25”

FRAME HEATEDUP IN

Dimensions:190x300x200 mm - Weight: 2.4 kg

AIR

FLOW

Eventemperature

Dual air streams,even temperatureon rim without havingto move frame

Eventemperature

Ref. 05015 230V AC

Ref. 05015CH 230V AC

Ref. 05015GB 230V AC

Ref. 05015AUS 230V AC

AIR FLOW

• Designed to direct the hotair onto a specific part ofthe frames, e.g. the bridge

Concentrated temperature

PLUG SUPPLIED

Ultrasonic Cleaners

Digital Ultrasonic Cleaners

170

4.2

0,6 litres 2,5 litreswith heating

1,4 litres

Pag. 172 Pag. 173 Pag. 174

Stainless Steel Ultrasonic Cleaners (Made in Germany)

171

4.2

0,8 litres 2,75 litreswith heating

0,8 litreswith heating

Pag. 175 Pag. 176 Pag. 177

50WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

0,60LITRES

CAPACITY

42KHZ

FREQUENCY

Ultrasonic CleanerDigital setting - Continuous vibrations - 0,6 litres

172

4.2

DIGITAL ULTRASONIC CLEANER - 0,6 LITRESRef. 05443Ultrasonic cleaner with stainless steel 0,6 l tankideal for the cleaning of frames.• Programming of 5 washing cycles from 90 to 480 seconds.• Automatic stop at the end of the cycle.• Transparent cover with automatic opening.• Internal blue led illumination.Accessories included:• Plastic mesh basket.• Watch, jewellery and CD holders.• Antibacterial detergent Active Liquid 150 ml

(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).Dimensions:External: 158x210x125 mm. Basket: 122x144x42 mm.Weight: 1,10 kg

Ref. 05443 230V AC

Ref. 05443GB 230V AC

Ref. 05443AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Ultrasonic CleanerDigital setting - Continuous vibrations - 1,4 litres

173

100WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

1,4LITRI

CAPACITY

42KHZ

FREQUENCY

4.2

DIGITAL ULTRASONIC CLEANER1,4 LITRESRef. 05446Ultrasonic cleaner with stainless steel 1,4 l tank:• Programming of the washing cycles from 90

to 480 seconds.• Memorization up to 5 washing programs.• Automatic stop at the end of the cycle.

Accessories included:• Plastic mesh basket.• Antibacterial detergent Active Liquid 150 ml

(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).Dimensions:External:180x230x160 mm. Tank:140x170x160 mm.Weight: 1,75 kg

Ref. 05446 230V AC

Ref. 05446GB 230V AC

Ref. 05446AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

~65°

TEMP. °C

170WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

2,5LITRES

CAPACITY

42KHZ

FREQUENCY

Ultrasonic CleanerDigital setting - Continuous vibrations - With heating - 2,5 litres

174

4.2

DIGITAL ULTRASONIC CLEANER - 2,5 LITRESRef. 05447Ultrasonic cleaner with stainless steel 2,5 l tankwith heating, ideal for cleaning frames.• Programming of 5 washing cycles from 90 to 480 seconds.• Automatic stop at the end of the cycle.• Temperature of washing 65ºC• Transparent cover.Accessories included:• Plastic mesh basket.• Antibacterial detergent Active Liquid 150 ml

(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).

Dimensions:External: 290x220x190 mm. Basket: 250x150x70 mm.Weight: 2,5 kg

Ref. 05447 230V AC

Stainless Steel Ultrasonic CleanerVariable timer switch - 0,8 litres

175

ACCESSORIESRef. 05451Stainless steel mesh basketfor ultrasonic cleaner Ref. 05450and Ref. 05456.

30WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

0,8LITRES

CAPACITY

37KHZ

FREQUENCY

4.2

ULTRASONIC CLEANER - 0,8 LITRESRef. 05450Stainless steel ultrasonic cleaner:• Variable ± timer switch 0-30 min. • Sweep function for optimised sound field distribution

in the cleaning liquid• Degas function for the efficient degassing of the cleaning

liquid and for laboratory purposes• Plastic lid included• Powerful cleaning action. • Antibacterial detergent Active Liquid 150 ml.

(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).

Ref. 05450 230V AC

Ref. 05450CH 230V AC

Ref. 05450GB 230V AC

Ref. 05450AUS 230V AC

Ref. 05450USA 115V AC

Dimensions:External: 206x116x178 mm.Tank: 190x85x60 mm.Weight: 2.0 kg.

PLUG SUPPLIED

Stainless Steel Ultrasonic CleanerWith adjustable heating - 0,8 litres

176

ULTRASONIC CLEANER - 0,8 LITRESRef. 05456Stainless steel ultrasonic cleaner:• Variable ± timer switch 0-30 min. • Adjustable temperature range from 30°C to 80ºC • Sweep function for optimised sound field

distribution in the cleaning liquid• Degas function for the efficient degassing

of the cleaning liquid and for laboratorypurposes

• Plastic lid included• Antibacterial detergent

Active Liquid 150 ml(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).

~30°~80°

TEMP. °C

90WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

0,8LITRES

CAPACITY

37KHZ

FREQUENCY

4.2

ACCESSORIESRef. 05451Stainless steel mesh basketfor ultrasonic cleanerRef. 05450 and Ref. 05456.

Ref. 05456 230V AC

Ref. 05456CH 230V AC

Ref. 05456GB 230V AC

Ref. 05456AUS 230V AC

Ref. 05456USA 115V AC

Dimensions:External: 206x116x178 mm.Tank: 190x85x60 mm.Weight: 2.0 kg.

PLUG SUPPLIED

Stainless Steel Ultrasonic CleanerWith adjustable heating - 2,75 litres

177

ACCESSORIESRef. 05461Stainless steel mesh basketfor ultrasonic cleanerRef. 05470

~30°~80°

TEMP. °C

275WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

2,75LITRES

CAPACITY

37KHZ

FREQUENCY

4.2

ULTRASONIC CLEANER - 2,75 LITRESRef. 05470Stainless steel ultrasonic cleaner:• Variable ± timer switch 0-30 min. • Adjustable temperature range from 30°C to 80ºC • Sweep function for optimised sound field

distribution in the cleaning liquid• Degas function for the efficient degassing

of the cleaning liquid and for laboratory purposes• Plastic lid included• Antibacterial detergent Active Liquid 150 ml

(for re-orders Ref. 06859 1 litre).

Dimensions:External: 300x179x214 mm. Tank: 240x137x100 mm.Weight: 3.3 Kg.

Ref. 05470 230V AC

Ref. 05470CH 230V AC

Ref. 05470GB 230V AC

Ref. 05470AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Testers

178

4.3

Pag. 180 Pag. 181 Pag. 182

Marking Identifier Strain Gauge Photochromic LensTester

179

4.3

Pag. 183 Pag. 184 Pag. 185

Tri-Tester UV & VisibleSpectrotester

Lens Meter

R

2.00 VIP

6WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 05059.1Fluorescent LampMicro Lynx-F 6W

SPARE PARTS

MARKING IDENTIFIERRef. 05056Instrument for checking CR39, polycarbonateand high index lenses.This device will greatly assist in the quick and easylocation of the various manufacturers’ marks placedon progressive lenses.This is achieved by special background contrastingand lighting. The mounted magnifier assists in thereading of these marks.• manufacturer’s markings.• lens type ID.• marks.• added power.These markings identifications have been improved by:• Highly innovative 6W compact fluorescent lamp

with a reeded diffuser to highlight backgroundcontrasting.

• Adjustable inclination for a better reading.

Size: 154x134x267 mmWeight: 0.85 kg

Marking IdentifierFor progressive lenses

180

4.3

Ref. 05056 230V AC

Ref. 05056CH 230V AC

Ref. 05056GB 230V AC

Ref. 05056AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

R

2.00 VIP

12WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 05054The LED technology marking identifier has:• High luminosity LED illumination• Adjustable inclination for improved reading• Pre-printed background to highlight contrast

On progressive lenses this instrument allows identification of:• Manufacturer’s markings• Lens type ID• Added power

This instrument is suitable to check the values of a lens or toredefine the centres of a progressive lens for re-glazing.

How to use:• Place the lens or the frame with the lens onto the contrast

base and approach it to the magnifier until you can readthe manufacturer’s markings.

Size: 143 x 145 x 220 mmMaximum height (at highest extension):255 mmWeight: 0.66 kgPower supply: 230V AC(12V 1A with transformer)

Long lasting LED technologyWhite lightLow power consumption

LED Light Marking IdentifierTo check manufacturer’s markings on progressive lenses

4.3

LED Strain GaugeTo detect stress in fitted lenses

Long lasting LED technologyWhite lightLow power consumption

12WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 05057This instrument shows:• Stress in fitted lenses, usually in the parts

of the lens with the highest curvature orpressure

• Chips in glass lenses• Tempering treatment of a glass lens

(shown by a cross shaped shadowin the centre of the lens)

The strain gauge has:• High luminosity large diffusion LED

illumination for better contrast• Adjustable inclination for improved reading

Size: 143 x 145 x 145 mmMaximum height (at highest extension): 200 mmWeight: 0.6 kgPower supply: 230V AC(12V 1A with transformer)

4.3

R

2.00 VIP

12WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 05054This instrument shows:• Stress in fitted lenses, usually in the parts of the lens

with the highest curvature or pressure• Chips in glass lenses• Tempering treatment of a glass lens (shown by a cross

shaped shadow in the centre of the lens)

The strain gauge has:• High luminosity large diffusion LED illumination for

better contrast• Adjustable inclination for improved reading

Size: 143 x 145 x 145 mmMaximum height (at highest extension): 200 mmWeight: 0.6 kgPower supply: 230V AC(12V 1A with transformer)

Long lasting LED technologyWhite lightLow power consumption

LED Light Marking IdentifierTo detect stress in fitted lenses

4.3

LED Light Marking IdentifierTo check manufacturer’s markings on progressive lenses

Long lasting LED technologyWhite lightLow power consumption

12WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 05057The LED technology marking identifier has:• High luminosity LED illumination• Adjustable inclination for improved reading• Pre-printed background to highlight

contrast

On progressive lenses this instrument allowsidentification of:• Manufacturer’s markings• Lens type ID• Added power

This instrument is suitable to check the valuesof a lens or to redefine the centres of aprogressive lens for re-glazing.

How to use:• Place the lens or the frame with the lens on

to the contrast base and approach it to themagnifier until you can read themanufacturer’s markings.

Size: 143 X 145 x 220 mmMaximum height (at highest extension):255 mmWeight: 0.66 kgPower supply: 230V AC(12V 1A with transformer)

4.3

Strain GaugeTo detect stress in fitted lenses

181

6WATT

STRAIN GAUGERef. 05059To detect stress in fitted lenses. Fitting lensesinto frames always produces stress in lenses.Identifying the stress quickly with the helpof this Strain Gauge will prevent chippingand breaking of glass lenses and distortionsin organic lenses.

This instrument has been improved by:• Highly innovative 6W compact fluorescent

lamp with a reeded diffuser to highlightbackground contrast.

• Adjustable inclination for a better check.

The Strain Gauge will also indicate if a lenshas been toughened by the heat method.This is shown by a “cross” shadow in the lens.We recommend that you test the lens stressusing our Size Testing Plier Ref. 03330 beforeassembly.

Size: 154x134x165 mm. Weight: 0.7 kg.

Ref. 05059.1Fluorescent LampMicro Lynx-F 6W

SPARE PARTS

4.3

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 05059 230V AC

Ref. 05059CH 230V AC

Ref. 05059GB 230V AC

Ref. 05059AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

182

Photochromic Tester - Polarized Test

SPARE PARTS

PHOTOCHROMIC LENS TESTERRef. 05062To test and demonstratethe photochromic propertiesof the lens. Place the lens under the lamp.It will begin to darken - takesapprox. 15 sec. When the lens has darkened,place it on top of the unitfor colour and intensitycomparison.The lamp does not damagethe photocromic propertiesof the lens.

Size: 210x130x130 mmWeight: 1.75 kg.

Ref. 05060.1UV lamp

15WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

POLARIZED TESTRef. 05069• Checks polarized lenses• Supplied complete with test lenses• Graphically oriented to road safety• Compact design

Dimensions:130x165x110mmWeight: 140 gr.

To check polarized lenses

4.3

Ref. 05062 230V AC

Ref. 05062CH 230V AC

Ref. 05062GB 230V AC

Ref. 05062AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Tri-TesterThree-in-one tester

183

Ref. 05060Carries out 3 lens tests:• Aberration test• Photochromic test• Stress test

Size: 290x130x130 mm Weight: 2.75 kg

LENS ABERRATIONTESTTo demonstrate to clientsif the lens is freeof aberrations anddistortions by reflectingparallel lines onto the innersurface of the lens.

PHOTOCHROMICTESTERTo test and demonstratethe photochromicproperties of the lens. The lamp does notdamage the photochromicproperties of the lens.

STRAIN GAUGETo indicate stress in fittedlenses and to showwhether a lensis heat toughened.

Ref. 5060.1UV lampRef. 5060.2Lens aberration andstrain gauge lamp.

15WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

SPARE PARTS

4.3

Ref. 05060 230V AC

Ref. 05060CH 230V AC

Ref. 05060GB 230V AC

Ref. 05060AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

15WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

%

400 500 700 nm600

UV 1% VISIBLE 23,9%

1%

35%

50%

40%

30% 27%

21%25%

45%

70%

UV transmittance 400 nm 1% UV PROTECTION SAFE

SPECTRAL TRANSMITTANCE

TRANSMITTANCE 500-650 nm PASS

THESE LENSES ARE SUITABLE FOR DRIVINGAND ROAD USE

VISIBLE TRANSMITTANCE 400-700 nm 23,9% FILTER CATEGORY 2 18% - 43% MEDIUM TINT BLUE LIGHT TRANSMITTANCE 400-500 nm 39,1%

DISPLAY 1

DISPLAY 2

PC COMPATIBLEThe spectrotester includesa USB cable for connectionto PC and the software forsaving the test data andprinting the report for thecustomer.

UV & Visible SpectrotesterPC compatible

184

Ref. 05052Digital device ideal to checkthe percentage of UV andVisible light passing througha lens, along with the numericalcolour characteristics of the lens.Large rear-illuminated 5’’ screenwith two display modes.

The first display shows:• Transmission value and protection against

UV rays• Transmission value of visible light• Filter category according to EC standards• Colour density of the lens • Transmission value of blue light

from 400 to 500 nm• If lens is suitable for driving.

The second display shows the bar chartof the transmission of visible lightfrom 400 to 700 nm.

Size: 205x205x115 mmWeight: 1.8 kg.

4.3

UV/A• Measures the percentage of ultraviolet light

passing through a lens in the range from 320to 400 nm.

VISIBLE• Measures the transmission percentage of

visible light.

Relative UV-Atransmission display:From 0 to 3% safeFrom 4 to 12% caution 1From 13 to 100% caution 2

Visibile: From 0 to 100%

Ref. 05052 230V AC

Ref.05052CH 230V AC

Ref.05052GB 230V AC

Ref.05052AUS 230V AC

Ref.05052USA 115V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

185

Lens MeterTarget: crossline corona combination

Ref. 05044Crossline corona combinationwith internal reading.Auxiliary prism lens compensator 15∆.Technical features:• ranges of diopter measurements: +/-25D• minimun scale value:

from 0 to +/-5D (in incrementsof 0.125D)from +/-5D to +/-25D (in incrementsof 0.25D)

• astigmatic axis of cylinder lens: 0 -180° minimum scale 5°

• prism refracting power: from 0 to 5∆ in increments of 1∆

• regulation of ocular visibility: +/-5D• size of lens: from Ø 16 mm to Ø 80 mm• tilting angle from 30° to 90°• lighting lamp: 15W

Size: 275 x 130 x 455 mmWeight: 5.6 Kg

15WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 06982Red ink for lens meters.40 ml - 1 pc.

4.3

Ref. 05044 230V AC

Ref. 05044CH 230V AC

Ref. 05044GB 230V AC

Ref. 05044AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Hand Edgers

Automatic LensGroover

Hand Edgers

186

4.4

Pag. 188 Pag. 190

Hand Edger Lens EdgePolisher

Bench Polisher

187

4.4

Accessories

Pag. 192 Pag. 194 Pag. 195

Automatic Lens Groover

188

95WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 05083 - For lenses from Ø 22 to Ø 54 mmRef. 05085B - For lenses from Ø 28 to Ø 70 mmAutomatic lens groover:• Non corrosive machine body.• Suitable for plastic and glass lenses. • Adjustable groove position (front-central-rear).• Two independent motors for turning the lens

and for turning the groove cutting wheel.• No water system required.• Accurate on all profiles. • Diamond groove cutter (Ref. 05081) suitable for glass

and CR39 included.• Adjustable groove depth: from 0.0 to 0.7 mm. • Groove width: 0.65 mm.• Lens thickness: from 1.5 to 11 mm. Size: 170x220x205 mm Weight: 2.7 kg.

LENS GROOVERFROM Ø 22 TO 54 MMRef. 05083

Diamond groovecutting wheel 0.65 mm for glass and CR39

GROOVE LOCATOR To set the position of the grooveon the lens (front - centre - rear)

KNOBFor the precisepositioningof the groove

4.4Lens groover for supra frames

GROOVE DEPTHDial for setting groove depthin 0.1 mm increments

Ref. 05083 230V AC

Ref. 05083CH 230V AC

Ref. 05083GB 230V AC

Ref. 05083AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Ref. 05081 includedDiamond groove cuttingwheel 0.65 mm for glassand CR39 (made in Germany)

Ref. 05087Diamond cutting wheel 1,0 mmfor glass and CR39, complete withsafety cover (made in Germany)Ref. 05088Diamond cutting wheel 1,2 mmwith safety cover for glass andCR39 (made in Germany)

95WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

SPARE PARTS Ref. 05085B Ref. 05083Ref. 05082AGuide rollers � �

189

4.4DIAMOND GROOVE CUTTING WHEEL FOR REF. 05085B AND 05083

Ref. 05085A.63ACentring piece with chain � �Ref. 05085.62Spring � �Ref. 05085.79Driving belt for diamond wheel � �Ref. 05085A.19Driving belt for lens rotation shaft � �Ref. 05085B.17BLens turning engine � �Ref. 05087.2Safety cover 1,0-1,2 mm �Ref. 05086Safety cover 0.65 mm �Ref. 05085.26ASilicone support Ø 20 mm - 2 pcs. �Ref. 05085.26BSilicone support Ø 13,5 mm - 2 pcs. �Ref. 05089Half-eye frame adapter �

Ref. 05084Diamond groove cutting wheel0.65 mm for polycarbonate(made in Germany)

LENS GROOVERFROM Ø 28 TO 70 MMRef. 05085B

Ref. 05085B 230V AC

Ref. 05085BCH 230V AC

Ref. 05085BGB 230V AC

Ref. 05085BAUS 230V AC

Ref. 05085BUSA 115V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Hand EdgerWith water tank

190

2.000RPM

SPEED

Switchfor the direction of rotation

Switch ON/OFF

Standarddiamond wheel

Sponge holder

Water flux regulationfor the cooling system

Water tank

34 mm.

Finishing Rough22 mm. 12 mm.

4.4

34 mm.

Finishing Rough22 mm. 12 mm.

ROUGH AND FINISHING ROUGH AND FINISHING FINISHING

120WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 05111Hand edger with standard diamondwheel Ref. 05116 for rough andfinishing.Cleaning sticks Ref. 07300/07301included.

Ref. 05112Hand edger with special diamondwheel Ref. 05117 (made inGermany) for rough and finishing. Cleaning sticks Ref. 07300/07301included.

Ref. 05114Hand edger with special diamondwheel Ref. 05118 (made inGermany) for finishing. Cleaning stick Ref. 07301 included.

Hand edger complete with:• Removable water tank• Hand valve for water flux regulation• Internal water tray with tail pipe• Wheel can be set to rotate in either

direction• One cleaning stick included.Available with three different diamondwheels Ø 110 mm for CR39, glass, highindex, polycarbonate lenses.

Size: 220x360x280 mm Weight: 8 kg

Ref. 05111/05112/05114 230V AC

Ref. 05111/05112/05114CH 230V AC

Ref. 05111/05112/05114GB 230V AC

Ref. 05111/05112/05114AUS 230V AC

34 mm.

Finishing

Ref. 05111.1Driving belt for Ref. 05111-05112-05114

Hand EdgerWith diamond wheel - Main water supply cooling system

191

Compact design andvery quiet running

Infra-red sensorfor automatic startingand stopping

Wheel can be set to rotate in either direction

Long life ABS casing andnon-corroding metal parts

Size: 180x299x178 mmWeight: 7 kg.

2.750RPM

SPEED

180WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 05070Hand edger with special diamondwheel for rough and finishing

Ref. 05073Hand edger with special diamondwheel for finishing

Ref. 05077Hand edger with special diamondwheel for finishing and polishing

34 mm.

Finishing Rough22 mm. 12 mm.

34 mm.

Polishing Finishing22 mm. 12 mm.

30 mm.

Finishing

4.4

ROUGH AND FINISHING FINISHING FINISHING AD POLISHING

COOLING SYSTEM: MAIN WATER SUPPLY

Ref. 05072Hand edger with special diamondwheel for finishing

Ref. 05076Hand edger with special diamondwheel for finishing and polishing

COOLING SYSTEM: INTERNAL WATER TRAY

TWO DIFFERENT COOLING OPTIONS• From the main water supply incorporating

automatic cut-off valve when not in use (frequently use).• An internal water tank (for light duty work)Avalaible with three different diamond wheels Ø 110 mm for CR39, glass, high index, polycarbonate lenses

Ref. 05070/05072/05073/05076/05077 230V AC

Ref. 05070/05072/05073/05076/05077CH 230V AC

Ref. 05070/05072/05073/05076/05077GB 230V AC

Ref. 05070/05072/05073/05076/05077AUS 230V AC

192

With front facing diamond wheel

Hand Edger

120WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

3000RPM

SPEED

4.4

HAND EDGER With front facing diamond wheelTechnical features:• Surface of the wheel with increased area of finishing,

provided with V profile for chamfering.• Wheel can be set to rotate in either direction.• Internal tank can be easily removed for cleaning

or for replacement of the refrigeration sponge.Available with two different finishing wheelsfor CR39, glass, high index, polycarbonate lenses.

Ref. 05121Frontal Hand Edger with Standard diamond wheel for finishing

Ref. 05122Frontal Hand Edger with High Quality diamond wheel(made in Germany) for finishing.

Complete with:• Removable internal tank• Water-bottle for cooling diamond wheel• Spare sponge • One cleaning stick.

Ref. 05121/05122 230V AC

Ref. 05121/05122CH 230V AC

Ref. 05121/05122GB 230V AC

Ref. 05121/05122AUS 230V AC

Size: 175x 175x260mmWeight: 7 kg

PLUG SUPPLIED

No Foam - Cleaning Sticks

Accessories for Hand Edgers

193

4.4

NO FOAM

CLEANING AND DRESSING DIAMOND STICKS

Ref. 07300Coarse 120GDim.: 150x24 mm - 6 pcs.

Ref. 07301Fine 220GDim.: 150x24 mm - 6 pcs.

Ref. 07302Extra-fine 320GDim.: 150x24 mm - 6 pcs.

Ref. 06852A broad spectrum powder defoamer,BPI NO Foam™ controls foam build upin glass and plastic surfacingand edging operations.Long lasting and readily dispersable,NO FOAM™ is an economical solutionto ophthalmic foaming problems.Dilute one bottle topin 20 litres of water.

60 gr.

LENS EDGE POLISHERWITH DUST COLLECTORRef. 05094B Automatically glosses the lens edge,ideal for rimless.Size: 214x270x240 mm Weight: 6.7 kg.

Accessories included:Ref. 05097Cotton mop Ø 115 mm - 10 mm width Ref. 05098Polishing compound 100 gr. - 1 pcs.The compound has the rightdimension to fit throughthe opening in the cover.

Ref. 05094B.6Driving beltRef. 05085.26AClear suction cups Ø 20 mm - 1 pair

Lenspositioningknob

Lens blockingknob

SPARE PARTS

Lens Edge PolisherFor glossing the lens edge of rimless and supra frames

194

4.4

Clear cover

Lever to adjustthe pressureof the lenson the wheel

Size: 214x270x240 mm Weight: 6.7 kg. POWER CONSUMPTION

500WATT

DUSTCOLLECTOR

140WATT

POLISHER

Ref. 05094B 230V AC

Ref. 05094BCH 230V AC

Ref. 05094BGB 230V AC

Ref. 05094BAUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Bench PolisherDual speed 1.400-2.800 rpm

195

BENCH POLISHER WITH2 DUST GUARDSRef. 05109Polishing system complete with:• Two speed motor 1.400-2.800 rpm

(Ref. 05100).• Two safety/dust guards

with removable plastic trays• Twin taper spindles for “quick” mount

and removal of brush chucks• Two threaded “quick mount” brush

chucks, left and right handed threads• One “quick mount” wheel chuck.Size: 540 x 270 x 280 mmWeight: 12 kg

300WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

1.4002.800RPM.

SPEED

SAFETY / DUST GUARDRef. 05147Safety / dust guardwith removable tray - 1 pc.

Size: 190x270x280 mm Weight: 2.6 kg

TAPER BRUSH CHUCKSAND WHEEL MANDRELRef. 05104Pair of threaded “quick mount”brush chucks, left and righthanded threads.

Ref. 05105Taper wheel mandrel Ø 8 mm.

Safety/dust guard Ref. 05147Polishing motor Ref. 05100

4.4

Suggested polishing speed (r.p.m.)

Material Hard polishing Fine polishing GlossingAcetate frame 2.800 1.400 2.800White metal frame 1.400 1.400 2.800Gold metal frame 1.400 1.400 2.800Glass lens 2.800 2.800Organic lens 1.400 2.800Polycarbonate lens 1.400 2.800

POLISHING MOTORRef. 05100Two speed motor 1.400-2.800 rpm,complete with two threaded“quick mount” brush chucksand one “quick mount” wheel chuck.

Size: 440x130x210 mm Weight: 6.4 kg

Ref. 05109 230V AC

Ref. 05109CH 230V AC

Ref. 05109GB 230V AC

Ref. 05109AUS 230V AC

Ref. 05100 230V AC

Ref. 05100CH 230V AC

Ref. 05100GB 230V AC

Ref. 05100AUS 230V AC

SPARE PARTS

PLUG SUPPLIED PLUG SUPPLIED

Drills and Millers

196

4.5

Pag. 198 Pag. 199

Hand drill Bench drill

197

4.5

Pag. 200 Pag. 202 Pag. 203

Lens HoleDrilling System

DigitalDrilling System

Flex-Shaft Drill

Hand DrillLow voltage hand drill

198

MINIMOT DRILL AND TRANSFORMERRef. 05511Variable speed drill from 5.000 to 20.000 rpmRef. 05512 with transformer Ref. 05520.•• High torque at low speeds.• Safe to use with coolants.Accessories included:• Keyless chuck (0.5 ÷ 3.2 mm) Ref. 05519.• 6 collets with keyless chuck Ref. 05518.

INCLUDED

MINIMOT 40 DRILLRef. 05512Variable speed drill.5,000 - 20,000 rpm. Transformer not included.

TRANSFORMERRef. 05520Low voltageSize: 130x145x65 mm.

Drill bit holder

Drill Rest

DRILL STAND Ref. 05526Drill stand column:• Adjustable height • Drill clamping arm can be

swivelled 90° to either side.• Depth stop • Working height 30 mm.• Standard 20 mm. collar.• Milled table with parallel fence and scale• Two work top fastening clamps included.

Size: 120x255x345 mm Weight: 1.7 kg.

40WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

5.00020.000

RPM

SPEED

4.5

Collets

Keylesschuck

Ref. 05520 230V AC

Ref. 05520GB 230V AC

Ref. 05520AUS 230V AC

Ref. 05520USA 115V ACTransfomer size: 130x145x65 mm Drill size: 230 mm - Ø 35 mmDrill weight: 230 gr.

PLUG SUPPLIED

Ref. 05532Chuck with key0,0 ÷ 5,0 mm

Bench DrillBench Press Drill

199

1.8004.5008.500

3 SPEEDRPM

85WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Collets

Keylesschuck

Ref. 05535Machine vice.50x10 mm jaws34 mm clamping width

Ref. 05530.2Driving belt

SPARE PARTS

BENCH PRESS DRILLRef. 05530• 3-spindle speed belt driven drill• (1.800 - 4.500 - 8.500 rpm.).• Throat distance 140 mm.• Drill stroke 30 mm.• Adjustable working column• height 280 mm and depths stop.

Accessories included:• Chuck Ref. 05532 with key.• Machine vice (Ref. 05535)• 6 individual collets (Ref. 05518).

4.5

Ref. 05518Set 6 collets, keyless chuckincluded

Ref. 05530 230V AC

Ref. 05530GB 230V AC

Ref. 05530AUS 230V AC

Size: 120x225x340 mm Weight: 3.2 kg.

PLUG SUPPLIED

Lens Drilling SystemWith double inclination: pantoscopic angle and convergence of sides

200

DRILL STAND AND LENS CLAMPING SYSTEM •• Pantoscopic inclination.• Sides convergence inclination.• Milling notches device.• Milling slots and Air-T slots device.• Precision scale.• Complete range of suction cup centring devices:

Weco-Topcon, Essilor, Indo-Hoya-Nidek.

DRILL STANDRef. 05592• Lens-clamping assembly.• Slide with graduated scale.• Centering device (to be specified).• Variable speed drill Minimot (Ref. 05512).• Transformer 230V AC a.c. for Minimot (Ref. 05520).

Dimensions: 220x230x400 mmWeight: 4.8 Kg.

CENTRING DEVICE(to be ordered separately)Ref. 05601W - For Weco, Nidek,Briot, Topcon suction cups

Ref. 05602E - For Essilor suction cups

Ref. 05604I - For Indo, Hoya,Nidek suction cups

Ref. 02399Assortment of 11 specialhard metal drills from0,8 to 2,2 mm.

ACCESSORIES

4.5

Ref. 05597ATAdjustable clamp fromØ 16 to Ø 24 mm (suitablefor drills with flexible shaft).

LENS DRILLINGSYSTEM Ref. 05594Drill stand with clamp fordrill Ref. 05512 (Ø 34 mm),complete with:• Lens-clamping assembly• Slide with graduated

scale.

Drill and centring devicenot included.

5.00020.000

RPM

VARIABLESPEED

40WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Lens Drilling SystemFor precise lens hole placement

201

Side with inclination

0° ÷ 10° max

Limit stop

Rotationalclamp

Pattern blank for slots

4.5

INCLINATION FOR HOLES• Position lenses with suction cups on to the centring device• Turn the clamp until the lens surface is at 90° to the drill• Proceed with drilling.

INCLINATION FOR NOTCHES• Position lenses with suction cups on to the centring device• Turn the clamp until the lens surface is at 90° to the drill• Lower miller into position and clamp• Fasten the limit stop to determine the depth of the notch• Move the lens-clamping assembly until it hits against the limit stop.

PANTOSCOPIC INCLINATION • Position lenses with suction cups on to the centring device• Loosen the stand and choose the pantoscopic inclination• Fasten the stand and proceed with drilling.• Change inclination for the other lens.

INCLINATION FOR SLOTS• Position lenses with suction cups on to the centring device• Lower miller to commence cutting the slot, starting at the centre• Slide the lens-clamping assembly slightly to the left, cutting the first half

of the slot• Then slide the lens-clamping assembly slightly to the right, cutting the

second half of the slot• For 5 mm slots use the pattern blank (located

on the back of the lens-clamping assembly)• For the right lens, place the pattern blank on

the right, for the left lens on the left, and usethe 1,2 mm drill.

202

Digital Lens Drilling SystemHigh precision and electronic display

PANTOSCOPIC INCLINATION • Position lenses with suction cups

on to the centring device• Loosen the stand and choose

the pantoscopic inclination• Fasten the stand and proceed with drilling.• Change inclination for the other lens.

Sidewith inclination

0° ÷ 10° max

DIGITAL DRILL STANDRef. 05596• Pantoscopic inclination• Side convergence inclination• High level of accuracy: the distances

are shown in 0.01 mm step• Easy and immediate visual reading on

each axis through the multifunctionaldigital display

• Precise placement of the clampthrough manual knobs on each axis

• Clamps on ball bearings andauto-lubricating bushings

Complete with:• Set of tweezers and hard metal drill holder• Accessory to centralise the tool• Accessory to inclinate the hole to 90°• Complete range of suction cup

centring devices available:(to be ordered separately)

Dimensions: 260x330x450 mmWeight: 8,9 kg.

40WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

1 mm0.1 mm

0.01 mm

PRECISIONSCALE

VARIABLESPEED

4.5

CENTRING DEVICE(to be ordered separately)

Ref. 05601W - For Weco, Nidek,Briot, Topcon suction cups

Ref. 05602E - For Essilor suction cups

Ref. 05604I - For Indo, Hoya,Nidek suction cups

Ref. 02399Assortment of11 special hard metal drillsfrom 0,8 to 2,2 mm.

ACCESSORIES

5.00020.000

RPM

INCLINATION FOR HOLES• Position lenses with suction cups

on to the centring device• Turn the clamp until the lens surface

is at 90° to the drill• Proceed with drilling.

Ref. 05596 230V AC

Ref. 05596CH 230V AC

Ref. 05596GB 230V AC

Ref. 05596AUS 230V AC

Ref. 05596USA 115V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Flex-Shaft DrillOptic & jewellery

203

Ref. 05546Hand piece with flexible shaftcomplete with 6 collets.Length 1 meter.Ref. 05560Collet from Ø 0.00 to 0.70 mm Ref. 05561Collet from Ø 0.60 to 1.00 mm Ref. 05564Collet from Ø1.00 to 1.50 mmRef. 05565Collet from Ø 1.60 to 2.00 mmRef. 05562Collet from Ø2.00 to 2.35 mm Ref. 05563Collet from Ø 2.40 to 3.00 mmRef. 05550.5ButtonRef. 05555Keyless chuckRef. 05570Height adjustable stand from 50 to 100 cm

Ref. 05545.2Variable speed foot pedal Size: 100x170x100 mm

SPARE PARTS

150WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

0 upto 15.000

RPM

VARIABLESPEED

4.5

FLEX-SHAFT DRILL + STANDRef. 05544• Professional drill with flexible shaft (Ref. 05545).• Height adjustable stand from 50 to 100 cm (Ref. 05570)

included.

Ref. 05545• 15.000 rpm pendant drill• Hand piece with flexible shaft

(1 m) Ref. 05546 completewith 6 collets from0,00 to 3,00 mm.

• Variable speed foot pedalRef. 05545.2.

Sizei: 100x90x190 mm. Weight: 2.7 kg.

Ref. 05545 230V AC

Ref. 05545CH 230V AC

Ref. 05545GB 230V AC

Ref. 05545AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Soldering Units

204

4.6

Pag. 207Pag. 206 Pag. 208

Solder TorchMiniflam Oxy Torch

Professional SolderingMachine

For occasional use For laboratory

205

4.6

Pag. 210 Pag. 214

Electric Soldering Welding UnitsHinge Embedding Unit

Digital Plating Unit

Air switch

Gas switch

Miniflam TorchPiezo electric soldering torch

206

MINIFLAM PIEZORef. 06120Piezoelectricsoldering torch.Adjustable flame.Adjustable temperature. Size: 205 mm - Ø 25 mmWeight: 130 gr.

Refill with qualitybutane gas (Ref. 06105).

1.600°C

HOTERY PIEZOMICRO TORCHRef. 06126Adjustable flame.Adjustable temperature.Size: 150 mm Ø 34 mm Weight: 200 gr.

Refill with qualitybutane gas (Ref. 06105).

1.300°C

Air switch

Gas switch

Ref. 06105Butane gas. 400 ml bottle

4.6

Miniflam Oxy TorchButane and oxygen soldering torch

207

SOLDERING TIPSfor Miniflam unit only Ref. 06130 - Ø 0.6 mm. (2 pcs.).Ref. 06131 - Ø 0.8 mm. (2 pcs.).Ref. 06132 - Ø 1.0 mm. (2 pcs.).

CONSUMABLESRef. 06105Butane gas400 ml bottleRef. 06106Oxygen for Ref. 06100.1 litre bottle

Refill with quality butaneonly (Ref. 06105).

MINIFLAMRef. 06101Miniflam soldering torch. Size: 205 mm - Ø 25 mm Weight: 130 gr.

MINIFLAM OXYRef. 06100Miniflam soldering unit with oxygen,complete with:• Oxy flow valve Ref. 06111.• 3 oxygen bottles Ref. 06106.• 1 metre hose Ref. 06113. • 1 gas bottle Ref. 06105.• 2 soldering tips 1.0 - 1.2 mm. Size: 205 mm - Ø 25 mm. Weight: 130 gr.

Ref. 06100.2Injector for Ref. 06100Ref. 06111Oxy flow valvewith 1 metre hosefor Ref. 06100Ref. 06103Injector for Ref. 06101-06120Ref. 06115Gas refill valveRef. 06100-06101-06120

2.750°C

1.600°C

SPARE PARTS

Injectorfor Ref. 06100

Injectorfor Ref. 06101and Ref. 06120

4.6

Combining the MiniflamMicrotorch with oxygen,the generated flame is moreconcentrated and powerful.

Soldering UnitsWater electrolisys system

208

Ref. 06051Micro-soldering unitcomplete with:• soldering tips

Ø 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 mm.• Boric acid solution

Ref. 06022.• Caustic solution electrolyte

Ref. 06020 liquid for Europe,Ref. 06054 in grains for overseas shipments.

Size: 280x235x290 mm;Weight: 14 kg.

Ref. 06065 Soldering tip Ø 0.7 mm (4 pcs.)Ref. 06066 Soldering tip Ø 0.8 mm (4 pcs.)Ref. 06067 Soldering tip Ø 0.9 mm (4 pcs.)Ref. 06051.3 Plastic tube 1,5 mt.Ref. 06051.50 Set of 5 rubber gasketsRef. 06056 Check valveRef. 06053 Hand pieceRef. 06061.51 Filter (only for Ref. 06060)

300WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

~3000°

FLAMETEMP. C°

SPARE PARTS FOR REF. 06051 AND REF. 06060

3000°C

4.6

Hydrogen solderingunit suitable for:• Hard and soft soldering• soldering metal frames

quickly and with verygood results

Ref. 06050Micro-soldering unit Ref. 06051with soldering set Ref. 06057

Ref. 06057Soldering set complete with:• Soldering tweezers Ref. 03730,• Third hand table Ref. 06195,• Solder wire Ø 0.5mm Ref.06200,• Powder borax flux 100 gr.,• 3 solder rods with flux core Ref. 06210,• Fluoron surface preparation Ref. 06222,• Heat-shielding paste Ref. 06221.Tray included.

Ref. 06050/06051 230V AC

Ref. 06050/06051CH 230V AC

Ref. 06050/06051GB 230V AC

Ref. 06050/06051AUS 230V AC

Ref. 06050/06051USA 115V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Electric Soldering Welding UnitsElectric resistance and electric carbon welding unit

210

Ref. 06150Electric resistance and electriccarbon welding unit, including:• Hinge embedding attachment.• Foot pedal control.

Size: 240x210x240mmWeight: 8 Kg.

Ref. 06152Foot pedal control

Ref. 06454Contacts clips

Ref. 06154 Carbon electrodeØ 8 mm.

450WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 06145Electric carbonwelding unit includingfoot pedal control.Size:180x156x210 mmWeight:4,5 Kg.

SPARE PARTS

4.6

Ref. 06145/06150 230V AC

Ref. 06145/06150CH 230V AC

Ref. 06145/06150GB 230V AC

Ref. 06145/06150AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

For replacing hidden hinges

Hinge Embedding Unit

211

Ref. 06450Foot pedal controlledAlso used to:

• Heat up and loosen screwsstuck with glue or thread lock.

• To place metal pad arms on toplastic frames

Size: 185x155x105 mm Weight: 2.2 Kg.

Press the two tips on to the plate of the broken hinge and press the foot pedal to start. Keep a gap between the tips.

When the plastic around the hingebegins to soften release the foot pedaland quickly remove hinge.

Hold new hinge into position andpress the foot pedal to heat. As soon as the plastic begins to melt,stop heating and gently press on the hinge with the plier so that thehinge sinks into the frame.

Correctly position the new hinge andrelease the foot pedal. Keep holding the hinge in position fora few seconds until plastic hardens.

REPLACEMENT OF BROKEN HIDDEN HINGES:

Ref. 06454Contact tips

130WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

1

2

3

4

SPARE PARTS

4.6

Ref. 06450 230V AC

Ref. 06450CH 230V AC

Ref. 06450GB 230V AC

Ref. 06450AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Equipments and Soldering Consumables

212

4.6

CHOOSING THE RIGHT SOLDER

ISOFLAM Ref. 06221Heat shielding paste.It will protect the non-soldered area bydissipating heat for temperatures up to 3,000°C5,432°F. It isolates parts close to the solderingpoint and reduces the risk of damage to plasticand painted parts. It does not stain and washes off in water.50 gr.

FLUORONRef. 06222A surface preparation for soldering. Applied before soldering enhances the flow ofthe solder.It also reduces burning around the solderingpoint. 100 ml bottle.

SOLDER RODS WITH FLUX CORERef. 06210Soft yellow solder. Melting range: 655°C - 680°CRef. 06214Yellow gold solder. Melting range: 605°C- 635°CPack of 10 rods - 250 mm each Ø 0,9 mmHeat the parts to be soldered together. As the metal isheated keep touching the parts to be soldered with thesolder rod. Be very careful not to heat the soldering roddirectly with the flame. The solder will melt when thetemperature of the two parts reaches the criticalsoldering temperature.

SOLDER WIRE All-purpose soldering wire in silver alloy (40%).Easy flowing, suitable for nickel silver and monel metal. Melting range: 610°C - 650°C.Ref. 06200 Ø 0,5 mm.Ref. 06202 Ø 0,3 mm.Length: 2,5 mtSolder wire is used for soldering small parts, where littlesolder is required. Heat the area to be soldered first, thendip into borax flux paste (borax flux powder Ref. 06208mixed with some drops of distilled water). Protect those parts that are close to the area being heatedwith ISOFLAM heat shielding paste (Ref. 06221).

BORAXRef. 06208Borax flux powder to be mixed with hot distilled water tomake a paste. Promotes quick and easy flow of solder between thesurfaces being soldered.Melting range: 500°C - 700°C.Essential when using soldering wire (Ref. 06200 - 06202).100 g

213

4.6

FRONT HINGE PLATEThe part connecting the temple hinge to the eye wire rimis subject to great stress. Having a large supportingsurface it is recommended to use the solder rods Ref.06210 - Ref. 06214, or the 0.5 mm solder wire Ref. 06200.

RIM CLOSING BLOCKWhen soldering the closing block to the rim, as the surfacearea is quite small, it is recommended that a small amountof solder is carefully placed. Recommend Ø 0.3 mm wireRef. 06202.

HINGESPart of the frame that allows the temple to pivot. Recommended to use the solder rods Ref. 06210 andRef. 06214, or the 0.5 mm solder wire Ref. 06200.

USE OF THE DIFFERENT SOLDER ALLOYS

Soldering Tools

THIRD HAND TABLERef. 06195Third hand soldering table with two clampsconnected to universal joints. Size: 305x195x90 mm.

SPARE PARTS Ref. 06198Clamp only.Ref. 06199Clamp with extended universal joint.

SOLDERING TWEEZERSRef. 03730Curved tip tweezers with insulated handle. Length 175 mm.

Ref. 06199

SOLDERING SETRef. 06057Soldering set complete with:• Soldering tweezers Ref. 03730,• Third hand table Ref. 06195,• Solder wire Ø 0.5mm Ref.06200,• Powder borax flux 100 gr.,• 3 solder rods with flux core Ref. 06210,• Fluoron surface preparation Ref. 06222,• Heat-shielding paste Ref. 06221.Tray included.

Digital Plating UnitFor gold and palladium plating

214

Ref. 06424Suitable for gold and palladium platingcomplete with:• Two electrodes.• Gold plating solution (50 ml)

Size: 175x120x165Weight: 1.6 kg.

Control Led:indicates if currentis too high

Sets voltage: +/-

Voltage

Button fro programs’settings

Ref. 06421Clamp electrode

Ref. 06422Brush electrode

CONSUMABLES

20WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

SPARE PARTS

Ref. 06411Gold plating solution 50 ml.Ref. 06415Palladium plating solution 50 ml.

Ref. 06424 230V AC

Ref. 06424CH 230V AC

Ref. 06424GB 230V AC

Ref. 06424AUS 230V AC

Ref. 06424USA 115V AC

4.6

PLUG SUPPLIED

PREPARATION OF THE SURFACE TO BE TREATED

Digital Plating Unit

215

• Remove any protective coatings or scale first. • Thoroughly clean and degrease the surface to be plated.

Use either ultrasonic cleaner or degreasing solution. • Carefully polish. A good lustre will give a good result.

(Use polishing wheel Ref. 02442). • Alternatively to obtain a matt finish rub with wire wool

or fine abrasion wheel (Ref. 02444).

• It is advisable to start the process at a low voltage, increasing it gradually.If the voltage setting is too high, then the area may turn black.

• The electrical conductivity of the surface to be treated can be increasedby putting a drop of water on the area being worked.

• Adjust the voltage according to the thickness and the conductivityof the part to be treated. Large parts with low conductivityrequire higher voltage.

P1 and P2 programs are set to reach an overage intensity of colour.Programs could be reset accordingly to customer needs.

• Fix the “clamp electrode” as close as possible to the part to be treated. • Shake the plating solution well. Dip the “brush electrode” into the plating

solution so that the bristles are fully immersed. • The liquid is packed in a larger than required bottle, because it requires

a certain volume of air. • Brush the liquid evenly on the area or part to be plated to form an even

layer. Repeat to obtain a thicker plating and colour matching. • When finished rinse in water and dry it well with a soft cloth.

• Place the digital plating unit on a flat surface, away from heat source. • Leave about 50 cm space around unit to allow air to circulate. • Use a different brush for each plating solution to avoid contaminating

the solution.• Carefully rinse and dry the brush after use.

This will assure the best results next time.

PLATING STEPS

SUGGESTIONS

4.6

216

4.6 Soldering Steps

PREPARATION

• Always wear safety glasses.• First, remove any parts that will be affected by heat, e.g. pads, rim cover, temple tips. • Before heating, it may be necessary to apply a large amount of protective heat shield paste

ISOFLAM (Ref. 06221) over those parts that are close to the area being heated. • Next, remove broken part by heating the area until it becomes detached.

Use tweezers Ref. 03730 to help.

POLISHING AND DEGREASING

• Always prepare the surfaces to be soldered first by usingthe rubber abrasion wheels (Ref. 02444 - Ref. 02447).A clean, smooth surface ensures a good result.

• Alternatively use a file.

PROTECTION OF THE PARTS CLOSE TO THE SOLDERING POINT

• Before soldering it may be necessary to re-apply a large amountof protective heat shield paste ISOFLAM (Ref. 06221) over those partsthat are close to the area being heated.

POSITIONING OF THE FRAME

• Place the frame on the soldering table (Ref. 06195)to give easy access to the part being soldered.The clamps should be kept away from the soldering areato avoid overheating.

• Rest your elbows to support the hands.• The parts to be soldered should not be close to the table top.

PREPARATION FOR SOLDERING

• Heat the surfaces that are to be soldered together,put a few drops of “Fluoron” (Ref. 06222).

PLANNING THE SOLDER

Decide on which solder to use. • Always heat up the thickest surface first, since it requires more time

to reach the solder’s melting point. • Work over the tray area.

Soldering Steps

217

SOLDERING

BRIDGEBecause of the small area, bridge repairs require strong solder.Recommended either solder rodRef. 06210 or Ref. 06214

PAD ARMSFor this small support area it is recommended to utilise eithersolder wire Ø 0.3 mm or 0.5 mmor the solder rods Ref. 06210 - Ref. 06214.

After de-scaling remove and smooth residues of solder with rubber abrasion wheels(Ref. 02444 -Ref. 02447).Alternatively, use the brass (Ref. 02421)or steel brushes (Ref. 02422).Next polish with silicone wheels (Ref. 02442 - 02443)or hard felt brushes (Ref. 02429).

For best results clean in ultrasonic unit.

Ref. 06424Digital Plating Unit(see page 214).

Ref. 07118Set of 12 lacquers(see page 92).

Ref. 02460Milling, drilling and grindingassortment including:- 8 brushes, - 4 grinders, - 6 drills, - 6 millers.(see page 153).

Use the digital plating unit on soldered partsto ensure protection against oxydationand to restore original colour.Gold (Ref. 06411) or Palladium (Ref. 06415)solution.

To touch-up soldered parts use these colouredlacquers. Ideal for individualising or personalisingframe parts.

POLISHING

FINISHING

4.6

218

Pag. 220 Pag. 222

Two and four plates Oil bath

Tinting Units4.7

219

Pag. 224Pag. 223 Pag. 225

AutomaticGradient Unit

Accessories CR39 for tintingUV-Tester

4.7

Tinting UnitTwo plates

220

Ref. 06518Complete with:• Two plate tinting unit Ref. 06520• 2 stainless steel dye pots with lids Ref. 06528• 1 stainless steel lens holder Ref. 06525• 1 package of 12 clear plano lenses Ref. 06660• 1 thermometer Ref. 23564• 1 litre neutralising solution Ref. 06850 • 10 assorted dyeing powders Ref. 06800 : Ref. 06820

TWO PLATE TINTING UNIT Ref. 06520• Thermostat for temperature control• Timer for regulation of the

pre-heating phase

Dye pots not included.Plates Ø 120 mm.Power consumption: 450 W each plate

Size: 155x415x210 mmWeight: 4.2 kg.

Ref. 06511Heating element

Ref. 05012Switch on-off

900WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

SPARE PARTS

4.7

Ref. 06518/06520 230V AC

Ref. 06518/06520CH 230V AC

Ref. 06518/06520GB 230V AC

Ref. 06518/06520AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Tinting UnitFour plates with thermostat for temperature control

221

1800WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 06507Complete with:• Four plate tinting unit Ref. 06505• 4 stainless steel dye pots with lids Ref. 06528• 1 stainless steel dual lens holder Ref. 06525• 1 package of 12 clear plano CR39 lenses Ref. 06660• 1 celsius thermometer Ref. 23564• 1 neutralising solution Ref. 06850 • 10 assorted dyeing powders Ref. 06800 : Ref. 06820

FOUR PLATE TINTING UNITRef. 06505Four plate tinting unit.Operates as two independent tinting units withtwo plates per unit.• Thermostat for temperature control.• Timer with alarm.Dye pots not included.Plates: Ø120 mmPower consumption: 900 W /double platesSize: 345x440x215 mmWeight: 8.9 kg.

4.7

Ref. 06511Heating element

Ref. 05012Switch on-off

SPARE PARTS

Ref. 06505/06507 230V AC

Ref. 06505/06507CH 230V AC

Ref. 06505/06507GB 230V AC

Ref. 06505/06507AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Tinting UnitOil bath

222

Ref. 06545Oil bath controlled seven chambertinting unit.Complete with:• 7 dye pots with lids (Ref. 06547).• 15 litres silicon oil bath• PVC hose for oil drainage.

Size: 442x442x330 mm.Weight without oil: 13 Kg.

1900WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

Ref. 06525Lens holderRef. 06547Dye pot with lid

SPARE PARTSRef. 06858Silicone oil to use in the tintingunit (Ref. 06545)to transfer the heat to the pots.It replaces the use of wateras a heating medium and thus:• Allows closer temperature

tolerances. • Protects heating element

and machine interior.• Non-toxic, non-corrosive.• Does not evaporate.• Odourless.

1000 ml bottle, ready for use.

HD FLUID

4.7

Ref. 06545 230V AC

Ref. 06545CH 230V AC

Ref. 06545GB 230V AC

Ref. 06545AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Automatic Gradation Unit

223

AUTOMATIC GRADATION UNITWITH TIMER Ref. 06580 Allows to gradate all plastic lenstypes gradually. Incorporates a 30 minutes timer.

A mechanical arm allows alternatedipping of the lens into the bathin order to reach identicalgraduation on all plastic lenses.The oscillation time is programmedby the operator. The graduated effect on the lenscan be adjusted.

Size: 150x150x455mmWeight: 4.1 kg.

30WATT

POWERCONSUMPTION

4.7With timer

Ref. 06580 230V AC

Ref. 06580CH 230V AC

Ref. 06580GB 230V AC

Ref. 06580AUS 230V AC

PLUG SUPPLIED

Ref. 06528Stainless steel triple laminated bottompot with lid, large heat proof knob.Capacity 1 litre - Ø 120 mmThe triple bottom allows for a uniformheat distribution and maintainsthe temperature constant.Suitable for tinting units Ref. 06505-06520.

Ref. 06547Stainless steel pot with lid.Capacity 1 litre Ø 120 mmSuitable for tinting unit Ref. 06545.

Ref. 23564Celsius thermometer -10 °C / +150 °C.

Accessories for tinting

224

Ref. 06525Holds one or two lensesof the same size underspring pressure.A large base keeps thestand free in the pot.Stainless steel.

Ref. 06542Holds one or two lenseswith different sizesunder springpressure.Stainless steel.

Ref. 06544Holds four lenseswith different sizesunder spring pressure.Stainless steel.

FREE-STANDING LENS HOLDER

Ref. 06527Holds one or twolenses of the same sizeunder spring pressure.Made of s/steel andheat resistant plastic.

DYE POT AND THERMOMETER

4.7

CR39 Clear Lens for tinting - UV Tester

225

4.7

EUROPEAN NORMEN 1836:2005/A1:2007

Base Ø 76 MM | UV360 | CAT. 012 pcs./Ref.

B 8Base Ø 73 MM | UV360 | CAT. 012 pcs./Ref.

B 6

Ref. 066601,8 mm

Ref. 06661

1,8 mmUV 400

Ref. 066652,2 mm

Ref. 066642,9 mm

Ref. 066681,8 mm

Ref. 066752,2 mm

UV VISIBLE SPECTROTESTER Ref. 05052Digital device ideal to check thepercentage of UV and Visible lightpassing through a lens, along with thenumerical colour characteristicsof the lens.(See page 184)

Protection against sun rays

0 CLEAR

1 LIGHT

2 MEDIUM

3 DARK

80-100

43-80

18-43

8-18

3-8

0,1 • Tv

0,1 • Tv

0,1 • Tv

0,1 • Tv

0,1 • Tv

Tv

Tv

Tv

0,5 • Tv

0,5 • Tv

FILTER CATEGORY TRANSMISSION VALUES OF VISIBLE LIGHT 380-780 nm

UVB FACTOR280-315 nm

UVA FACTOR315-380 nm

Printed example so colours may vary from actual lens colour due to factors beyond our control.

4 VERY DARK (not suitable for driving or road use)

226

Do’s and don’ts of tinting

CLEANLINESS

The biggest problem in tinting is contamination. The pot must be absolutelyclean before fresh tints are mixed. Any residual colour remaining in the potwill affect the new colour. Boil neutralizer in the pot to ensure perfectcleanliness. Thoroughly rinse with clean water.

PREPARING THE TINT

Half fill the pot with distilled water and heat to 60°C (140°F) then add dyepowder.Stir mixture until dye is completely dissolved.For liquid dyes shake the bottle well before adding hot water. Add some distilledwater and flush tint pot to ensure all the contents are being used.If required add more water to make up 1 litre of dye solution.USE DISTILLED WATERLimestone, chlorine and water impurities can often cause inconsistencies in dyeproperties. Impurities can cause colour “haloes” when tinting lenses. FLUSH THE BOTTLES WELLMake sure the tint pot is completely emptied of dye and dye sedimentwhen mixing as it affects the composition of the colour. DO NOT MIX DYE WITH COLD WATEROften dyes will not dissolve easily in cold water and deposits may formin the bottom of the pot. Conversely, if the dye concentrate is left to settle,the high hot plate temperature may cause crystallisation which will alsoaffect colour consistency. Stir dyes regularly during preparation.DO NOT MIX THE DYE WITH WATER OVER 90°C (194°F)The dye may crystallise and will not mix evenly. This could affect colourconsistency. ADVANTAGES OF MIXING THE COLOUR AT 60°C (140°F)The colour mixes homogenously as it gradually reaches the temperatureof 92°C-95°C (198 - 203°F). Mixing and stirring the dyes at 60ºC for 10-15 minutesmakes it very stable and ensures a homogenous colour mix.

HEATING AND WATER LOSS REPLACEMENT

Slowly heat the solution for about 20 minutes until it reaches 92°C-95°C (198 -203°F). Do not heat with a flame as that tends to concentrate the heat whereasit should be evenly spread around the dye pot. During tinting water is lostthrough evaporation. It is recommended that small quantities of distilled waterbe added to the bath to compensate for this loss. It should be at the same pottemperature when added.DO NOT HEAT QUICKLYThe temperature on the bottom and around the sides of the container is usuallyhigher than in the centre. Fast heating may cause crystallisation which effectsa colour consistency and dye life.WATER REPLENISHEMENTAdd small quantities of distilled water regularly to overcome loss dueto evaporation. Wait until the dye temperature has recovered to 92°C -95°C(198°F -203°F). As more water is added, colour strength will change. A top-upof dye may also be necessary from time to time.MIXING AND CORRECTING COLOURSWhen mixing and correcting colours ALWAYS rinse the lenses and lens holderin clean water before proceeding to the next colour. Contamination is thequickest and the most common way of spoiling colour consistency.This rule also applies when adding other properties like hard coatings and whenneutralising or bleaching out colour. The rule is - thoroughly wash the lens andlens holder in clean water before transferring them to another colour or process.

4.7

227

Tinting Steps

PREPARING THE LENSLenses should be edged first before tinting.Thoroughly cleaning and degreasing the lens before tinting allows for rapid anduniform tinting. To ensure this first step, use PRE - TINTING solutionRef. 6855. Slowly immerse the lens into the hot tint bath:do not rush as a sudden temperature change may affect the lens surface. Keepthe temperature at 92°C-95 °C (198 - 203°F).

“PRE TINTING” “Pre tinting” ensures perfect preparation of the lens to be tinted by removingany grease and reduces the possibility of spotting and streaking. Can be used cold but for best results heat your tint bath before dipping lenses. Wash lenses and holder thoroughly before commencing tinting.

TINTING

Slowly immerse the lenses in holder into the hot tinting liquid to avoidsplashing and lens strain.

DYE BATH SHOULD ALWAYS BE BETWEEN 92°C - 95°C (198 - 203°F)At these high temperatures, the tint and CR.39 molecules bond to form partof the lens structure. The lens continues to cure in the dyeing process and hasa more scratch resistant surface. At a lower temperature the dyeing cycleis longer and there is difficulty in obtaining dark tints, this increasesthe possibility of inferior and unstable tinting of the lens. DO NOT DYE AT A HIGHER TEMPERATURES ABOVE 95ºC (203°F)• There is a greater water loss through evaporation. • Crystallisation of the dye will occur and colour consistency will fail. • Higher exposure to fumes in the working area.• Possible softening of the lens may require more careful handling. • More power used unnecessarily.

HOW TO OBTAIN GRADIENT LENSESIf you do no have a gradient unit use the lens holder. Prepare the lens as previously described. For prescription lenses, turnthem upside down when placing them in the lens holder so the top of the lensis closest to the bottom of the tint pot. Immerse the holder until the dye coversthe lens. Move the lens holder up and down and at the same time graduallywithdrawing it from the solution until the lens has been completely withdrawn.With practice a perfect gradient will be achieved. The starting depth determinesthe start of the gradient line.

AFTER TINTINGImmediately wash lenses and lens holder in clean cold water. As hot lenses scratch more easily this practice will help eliminate potentiallens damage. The use of MACROCLEAN microfibre cloth is recommended.These clothes can be kept clean by regular washing.

AVOID USING PAPER TISSUES THAT ARE NOT LINT OR ACID FREE.

CHECK UV TRANSMITTANCEThe UV & Visible Spectrotester (Ref. 05052) is ideal to test the UV and visibletransmittance of a lens after tinting.

4.7

228

Sunlenses5.

5.1 Photochromic and Polarized CR39 lenses

• Photochromic .............................................................. 230• Polarized with AR coating inside ......................... 231

5.2 Special CR39 lenses

• With hard coating treatment and polarized .... 232• Computer lenses ........................................................ 233• For foggy weather ..................................................... 233• For medical use .......................................................... 233

5.3 CR39 lenses classic colours

• Full colour tinted lenses .......................................... 234• Gradient lenses tinted by immersion ................. 234

5.4 Clear CR39 lenses

• For tinting ..................................................................... 237• Demo lenses for rimless e supra frames ........... 237

EUROPEAN NORM EN 1836:2005/A1:2007Requirements and testing methods.Optical class 1: filters suitable for continual use• For spherical and astigmatic powers: no more than

± 0,09 diopters.• Prismatic refractive power at geometric centre: less than

± 0,12 ΔRecognition of the colours of signal lightsInferior limits of the Q transmission values:Q RED - 0,80 / Q YELLOW - 0,80 / Q GREEN - 0,60 / Q BLUE - 0,40

Testing methods• Static, dynamic and inflammability tests: To verify the filter

is not dangerous for the eyes.• Optical tests: To verify the filter, transmittance, refractive

power and light diffusion, quality defects.• Ageing test: To verify the durability of the filtering

performance. The advantages of full colour tinted lenses• Colours do not fade.• Lens cleaners do not affect tints.• Edging does not affect lens colour.• Stable colour under different lighting conditions.• Resistance to surface stains.

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

CR39 Multilayer Mirrored Lenses

Ref. 06680

Cat. 4 (��7%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06681

Cat. 3 (��12%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06682

Cat. 3 (��11%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06683

Cat. 3 (��10%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06684

Cat. 3 (��13%)2 pcs.

Base Ø 76 mm | 1,8 mmB 6

Blue Mirror Violet Mirror Orange Mirror Green Mirror Red Mirror

UV400 - Fashion Colours

5.2

Made in Italy

Ref. 06786Display f.o.c.when ordering6 pairs of lenses

229

5.

5.5 Cosmetic CR39 lenses

• Full colour ..................................................................... 238• Gradient ......................................................................... 238• Mirror .............................................................................. 239

5.6 Polarizing sheet

• Polarizing sheet .......................................................... 240

5.7 Polycarbonate lenses

• Polarized with AR coating inside ......................... 241• Classic colours ............................................................. 242

5.8 Mineral lenses

• Classic colours ............................................................. 243• Polarized with AR coating inside ......................... 243

Protection against sun rays

0 CLEAR

1 LIGHT

2 MEDIUM

3 DARK

80-100

43-80

18-43

8-18

3-8

0,1 • Tv

0,1 • Tv

0,1 • Tv

0,1 • Tv

0,1 • Tv

Tv

Tv

Tv

0,5 • Tv

0,5 • Tv

FILTER CATEGORY TRANSMISSION VALUES OF VISIBLE LIGHT 380-780 nm

UVB FACTOR280-315 nm

UVA FACTOR315-380 nm

Printed example so colours may vary from actual lens colour due to factors beyond our control.

4 VERY DARK (not suitable for driving or road use)

CR39 Photochromic Lenses

230

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

UV400 - Very lightweight, more comfortable: 50% lighter than photochromic glass lenses

Light Grey Light Brown5% 5%

Medium Grey Dark Grey30% 65%

Medium Brown30% 65%

Dark Brown

darkens in a few seconds darkens in a few seconds

Dark lens 65%The colour also fades fasterthan with glass lenses,granting a 100% UVprotection.

100

80

60

40

20

0

%T

300 400 500

Wavelength (nm)

600 700

lente chiara100

80

60

40

20

0

%T

300 400 500

Wavelength (nm)

600 700

lente scura

100

80

60

40

20

0

%T

300 400 500

Wavelength (nm)

600 700

Ref. 06634

Cat. 2 (dark lens τ 24%)2 pcs.

Base Ø 71 mm | 2,4 mmB 6

Clear lens 5% Extremely clear indoors.Photochromic CR39 lensesare light and comfortable to

Medium lens 30%Photochromic CR39 lensesreact faster to the light andchange in all light situations.

Lightens in a few minutesLightens in a few minutes

5.1

Ref. 06635

Cat. 2 (dark lens τ 24%)2 pcs.

CR39 Polarized with AR Coating

231

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

Ref. 06620

Cat. 3 (τ 13%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06622

Cat. 3 (τ 12%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06621

Cat. 3 (τ 17%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06623

Cat. 2 (τ 33%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06642

Cat. 3 (τ 12%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06641

Cat. 3 (τ 17%)2 pcs.

Base Ø 76 mm | 2,0 mmB 6

Polarized Grey Polarized Green Grey Polarized Brown Polarized Green YellowG15

Polarized Grey Polarized Green Grey Polarized BrownG15

Base 8 decentralized lensesThe optical centre is decentralizedfrom the geometrical axis forbetter vision.Optical class 1.Thickness from 1,8 to 2,0 mm.

AR Coating inside Each lens has a durable and effective AR Coatingtreatment on the inner side for enhanced vision.

Ref. 06640

Cat. 3 (τ 13%)2 pcs.

Base Ø 76 mm | 2,0 mm Decentralized lenses B 8

UV400 - AR coating inside

Outer lens layer in CR39

Middle lens layerin polarized material

Anti-reflective coating

Lower lens layer in CR39

Polarizing effect • Enables colours and contrasts to be seen as they

really are.• Recommended for adults when driving, playing

golf, sailing, fishing, skiing.

5.1

232

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

CR39 With Hard Coating

Ref. 06650

Cat. 3 (τ 9-12%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06651

Cat. 3 (τ 12-15%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06652

Cat. 3 (τ 8-10%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06658

Cat. 3 (τ 12%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06659

Cat. 4 (τ 7%)6 pcs.

Base Ø 72 mm | 1,8 mmwith hard coating treatment and AR inside

B 6 Base Ø 73 mm | 1,8 mmwith hard coating and mirror treatment

B 6

Dark Grey Dark Green-Grey Dark Brown Blue mirror Silver mirror75% 75% G15 75% BASE GREYBASE GREY

UV400

Hard coating and AR inside• Excellent scratch and impact resistance.• Each lens has a durable and effective AR

Coating treatment on the inner side forenhanced vision.

Hard coating

CR39 lens

Anti-reflective coating

Hard coating

Hard coating and mirror treatment • Excellent scratch and impact resistance.• Low light absorption.• Partial IR protection.

Hard coating

CR39 lens

Mirror coating

Hard coating

5.2

233

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

CR39 Special Lenses

100

80

60

40

20

0

%T

300 400 500

Wavelength (nm)

600 700

100

80

60

40

20

0

%T

300 400 500

Wavelength (nm)

600 700

100

80

60

40

20

0

%T

300 400 500

Wavelength (nm)

600 700

UV400

Ref. 06674

Cat. 1 (τ 45-55%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06670

Cat. 0 (τ 98%)2 pcs.AR coating on both sides+water repellent

Ref. 06672

Cat. 1 (τ 65-75%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06673

Cat. 2 (τ 24-27%)2 pcs.

Base Ø 72 mm | 1,8 mmB 6

Brown Transparent

Selective lens Eliminates reflectionscaused by artificial light

Yellow RubioUV 360

Computer lenses• Suitable for protection against radiation

and flickering of computer and TV screens.• 100% UV protection.• Neutral contrast and colour perception.

For foggy weather• Reduces blue light• Increases colour

contrast

For medical use• Recommended for low

vision. • Absorbs the blue-green

band of visible light to530 nm.

• 100% UV protection.

Computer lenses For foggy weather Medical use 530 nm

5.2

CR39 Full Colour Tinted Lenses

234

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

UV400

Ref. 06610

Cat. 1 (τ 50%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06611

Cat. 2 (τ 18-20%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06612

Cat. 3 (τ 9-12%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06608

Cat. 3 (τ 9-12%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06613

Cat 4 (τ 5-7%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06614

Cat 2 (τ 22-28%)12 pcs.

Base Ø 72 mm | 1,8 e 2,2 mmB 6

Base 8Decentralized lensesThe optical centre isdecentralized from thegeometrical axis for bettervision.Optical class 1.Thickness from 1,8 to 2,2 mm.

Light Grey Medium Grey Dark Grey Dark Grey Very Dark Grey Medium Grey25% 60% 75% 75% 90% 60%

Gradient 2,2 mm

Ref. 06666

Cat. 3 (τ 8-10%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06615

Cat. 2 (τ 22-28%)6 pcs.

Base Ø 76 mmB 8 Base Ø 76 mmB 8

Dark Grey Medium Grey75% 60%

Gradient

5.3

235

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

CR39 Full Colour Tinted LensesUV400

Ref. 06618

Cat. 3 (τ 15-18%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06619

Cat. 3 (τ 12%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06609

Cat. 3 (τ 12-15%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06638

Cat. 2 (τ 25-30%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06616

Cat. 3 (τ 10-13%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06617

Cat. 2 (τ 20-25%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06667

Cat. 3 (τ 8-12%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06639

Cat. 2 (τ 25-30%)6 pcs.

Base Ø 72 mm | 1,8 e 2,2 mmB 6

Green-Grey Dark Green-Grey Dark Green-Grey Green-Grey Dark Green Medium Blue60% G15 75% G15 75% G15 60% 75% 60%

Gradient

Dark Green-Grey Green-Grey75% G15 60%

Gradient

2,2 mm

Base Ø 76 mmB 8 Base Ø 76 mmB 8

5.3

NEW

NEW

CR39 Full Colour Tinted Lenses

236

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

Ref. 06600

Cat. 1 (τ 56%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06601

Cat. 2 (τ 13-26%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06602

Cat. 3 (τ 8-10%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06607

Cat. 3 (τ 8-10%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06603

Cat 4 (τ 3-5%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06604

Cat 2 (τ 30-40%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06669

Cat. 3 (τ 9-12%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06605

Cat. 2 (τ 30-40%)6 pcs.

Base Ø 72 mm | 1,8 e 2,2 mmB 6

UV400

Light Brown Medium Brown Dark Brown Dark Brown Very Dark Brown25% 60% 75% 75% 90% 60%

Gradient2,2 mm

Medium Brown

Dark Brown75% 60%

Gradient

Medium Brown

Base Ø 76 mmB 8 Base Ø 76 mmB 8Base 8Decentralized lensesThe optical centre isdecentralized from thegeometrical axis for bettervision.Optical class 1.Thickness from 1,8 to 2,2 mm.

5.3

Base B 8Ø 80 mmRef. 06679

50 pcs.2,0 mm

237

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

CR39 Clear and Demo Lenses

For supra frames

For tinting

Demo Lenses for Rimless and Supra Frames

Ref. 06660

Cat. 012 pcs.

Ref. 06661

Cat. 012 pcs.

Ref. 06665

Cat. 012 pcs.

Ref. 06664

Cat. 012 pcs.

Ref. 06663

50 pcs.

Ref. 06662

50 pcs.

Base Ø 73 mm | 1,8; 2,2 e 2,9 mmB 6

UV 400 UV 360 UV 360 UV 360 2,9 mm2,2 mm

For supra framesUV 360

2,2 mm

1,8 mm1,8 mm

UV 3601,8 mm

Ref. 06668

Cat. 012 pcs.

Base Ø 76 mmB 8

Base Ø 73 mmB 6

Ref. 06676

50 pcs.

Base Ø 73 mmB 4

5.4

2,2 mm1,8 mm

2,0 mm

NEW

Ref. 06675

Cat. 012 pcs.

Base Ø 76 mmB 8

CR39 Cosmetic Lenses

238

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

Ref. 06743

Cat. 1 (τ 50%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06770

Cat. 2 (τ 41%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06748

Cat. 1 (τ 41%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06772

Cat 2 (τ 35%)2 pcs.

Base Ø 73 mm | 1,8 mmB 6

UV400

Pink Pink Light Blue25% 25%

Ref. 06745

Cat. 1 (τ 48%)6 pcs.

Violet25% 25% 25% 25%

Gradient Gradient

Ref. 06771

Cat. 2 (τ 36%)6 pcs.

Violet

Gradient Gradient

Two colours: Grey/Blue

5.5

NEW

CR39 Flash Gradient Mirror

239

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

UV400

Ref. 06752

Cat. 1 (τ 60%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06657

Cat. 3 (τ 8-10%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06656

Cat. 3 (τ 10-12%)6 pcs.

Base Ø 73 mm | 1,8 mmB 6

Flash Mirror BrownSilver MirrorGold Mirror75%75%20% 25% 20%

Flash Mirror Grey65%

Ref. 06655

Cat. 3 (τ 15-17%)6 pcs.

Base Ø 76 mm - Decentralized LensesB 8Base 8Decentralized lensesThe optical centre isdecentralized from thegeometrical axis for bettervision.Optical class 1.Thickness from 1,8 to 2,2 mm.

Ref. 06754

Cat. 1 (τ 66%)2 pcs.

Flash Light Blue

5.5

Ref. 06747

Cat. 2 (τ 35%)6 pcs.

Flash Mirror Pink

Gradient

NEW

Polarizing Sheets

240

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

Ref. 06790

Cat. 3 (τ 15%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06791

Cat. 3 (τ 15%)12 pcs.

Base 70x60 mmB 6

Dark Brown Dark Grey65%65%

UV400

0,74 mm 0,74 mm

Ref. 06792

Cat. 3 (τ 13%)12 pcs.

Green-Grey65% G15

0,74 mm

Ref. 06798

Cat. 3 (τ 15%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06799

Cat. 3 (τ 15%)6 pcs.

Dark Brown Dark Grey65%65%

1,10 mm 1,10 mm

Ref. 06797

Cat. 3 (τ 13%)6 pcs.

Green-Grey65% G15

1,10 mm

Polarizing effect• Enables colours and contrasts to be seen as

they really are.• Recommended for adults when driving,

playing golf, sailing, fishing, skiing.

POLARIZED TESTRef. 05069• Checks polarized lenses• Supplied complete with test lenses• Graphically oriented to the road safety• Compact design

Dimensions:130x165x110mmWeight: 140 g

5.6

NEW NEW

Ref. 06708

Cat. 3 (τ 14-16%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06707

Cat. 3 (τ 14-16%)2 pcs.

Base 70x50 mm | 1,5 mmB 6

Dark Grey75% G1575%Dark Green-Grey

Dark Grey75% G1575%Dark Green-Grey

Ref. 06709

Cat. 3 (τ 12-14%)2 pcs.

75%Dark Brown

75%Dark Brown

Ref. 06714

Cat. 3 (τ 14-16%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06716

Cat. 3 (τ 12-14%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06715

Cat. 3 (τ 14-16%)2 pcs.

Base 70x50 mm | 1,5 mmB 8

Polycarbonate Polarizing Sheets

241

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

UV400 - AR Coating inside

Polarizing effect• Enables colours and contrasts to be seen as

they really are.• Recommended for adults when driving,

playing golf, sailing, fishing, skiing.

Not decentralized

5.7

AR Coating inside Each lens has a durable and effective AR Coatingtreatment on the inner side for enhanced vision.

Outer lens layerin polycarbonate

Middle lens layerin polarized material

Anti-reflective coating

Lower lens layerin polycarbonate

Polycarbonate Lenses

242

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

UV400

Ref. 06701

Cat. 3 (τ 15-17%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06700

Cat. 3 (τ 13-15%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06702

Cat. 3 (τ 9-11%)12 pcs.

Base Ø 74 mm | 2,0 mmB 6

Grey Green-Grey Brown75% G1575% 75% 25%

Grey Green-Grey Brown75% G1575% 75%

Ref. 06710

Cat. 3 (τ 13-15%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06712

Cat. 3 (τ 9-11%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06711

Cat. 3 (τ 15-17%)6 pcs.

Base Ø 80 mm - Decentralized lensesB 8

Ref. 06703

Cat. 3 (τ 16-17%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06705

Cat. 0 12 pcs.

Flash Mirror Grey TransparentUV 36060%

Flash Mirror Black60%

TransparentUV 360

Ref. 06713

Cat. 012 pcs.

Ref. 06717

Cat. 3 (τ 11%)6 pcs.

Ref. 06706

Cat. 1 (τ 41%)6 pcs.

Light Blue

Gradient

5.7

NEW

243

FILTERS CONFORM TO CEEEN 1836:2005/A1:2007 NORM

Mineral LensesUV400

Ref. 06722

Cat. 3 (τ 12-14%)12 pcs.

Ref. 06723

Cat. 3 (τ 10-12%)12 pcs.

Base Ø 71 mm | 2,0 mmB 6

Medium Brown Medium Green-Grey Medium Grey65% 65% G15 65%

5.8

Mineral lens

Polarizing film

Polarizing effectAR coating inside• High quality optical glass.• Polarizing.• Anti-reflective coating.• High scratch resistance.

7 layers ofanti-reflective coating

Base Ø 71 mm | 2,0 mmB 6

Mineral lens

Ref. 06735

Cat. 3 (τ 10-12%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06737

Cat. 3 (τ 13-15%)2 pcs.

Ref. 06736

Cat. 3 (τ 11-13%)2 pcs.

Medium Brown Medium Green-Grey Medium Grey65% 65% G15 65%

Ref. 06721

Cat. 3 (τ 13-15%)12 pcs.

Index

244

6.1 Press-On - Occluders

• Press-On Prism ............................................................ 246• Press-On Lenses .......................................................... 248• Berens Prism Bar - Prism 6Δ ................................... 249• Bangerter Occlusion Foils ....................................... 250• Adhesive Eye Patches ............................................... 252• Occluders and Vinyl Eye Patch .............................. 253

6.2 Digital PD Meters

• Digital PD Meter ......................................................... 254• Digital PD Meter with PD Adjustment Slides ... 255

6.3 Test Room Accessories

• PD Scales ....................................................................... 256• Pen Light ....................................................................... 256• Chin Rest Tissues ........................................................ 256• Contact Lens Fitting: Schirmer Test .................... 256

6.4 Trial Frames - Trial Lens Set

• Children Trial Frame Kit ............................................ 257• Trial Frames ................................................................... 258• Trial Clips and Trial Lens Holder ............................... 261• Meniscus Trial Lens Set ............................................ 262• Regular Trial Lens Set ................................................ 263

6.

245

6.5 Refractor/Phoropter - Optotype Projector

• Refractor/Phoropter - Vision Tester ..................... 264• Self-balancing Arm for Refractor/Phoropter

and Optotype Projector ........................................... 265• Optotype Projector ................................................... 266

6.6 Flippers

• Cross Cylinders ............................................................ 268• Confirmation Monocular Vision Test ................... 268• Binocular Confirmation Vision Test ..................... 269• Red-green Test ............................................................ 269• Polarized Test ............................................................... 269• Double Sphere Target (sec. Wolff ) ....................... 270• Retinoscopy Racks ..................................................... 270• Cover Test Occluders ................................................ 271

6.7 Reading Chart - Colour and Stereo Test

• Illuminated Reading Chart ..................................... 272• Ishihara Colour Test ................................................... 273• Fly Stereopsis Test ...................................................... 274• Butterfly Stereopsis Test .......................................... 274• Random Dot Stereopsis Test................................... 275• Random Dot2 Stereopsis Test ................................ 275• Vortex Polarized Variable Vectograph ................ 276• Gem Polarized Variable Vectograph ................... 277

6.

Ref. Power

08101 1Δ

08102 2Δ

08103 3Δ

08104 4Δ

08105 5Δ

08106 6Δ

Ref. Power

08107 7Δ

08108 8Δ

08109 9Δ

08110 10Δ

08112 12Δ

08115 15Δ

Ref. Power

08116 20Δ

08117 25Δ

08118 30Δ

08119 35Δ

08120 40Δ

PRISM POWERS IN DIOPTRES - Prism Ø 67 mm - 1 pc.

PRESS-ON™ PRISM: Used to treat squint (manifest orlatent) and muscular or neurological eye disturbances.

Advantage of Press-On: practical, lightweight, widepower range. Thin and flexible and easy to fix to existinglenses - held by static adhesion, easily removed. Lowcost and low risk treatment during power changes andvision therapy, and several ocular motility disordersincluding strabismus.

Press-OnPrism - Fresnel

246

EEC dir.93/42

Press-On and 3Mare a registeredtrade mark of 3M

6.1

HOW TO APPLY PRESS-ON PRISMS• There is no need to determine the optical centre of

the lens.• The glossy side of the Press-On is applied to the

inside of the lens.

1. Place the lens onto the Press-On with the inner sideof the lens facing the smooth surface of the prism,according to the prescription.

2. Trace the shape of the lens onto the Press-On.3. Cut the Press-On (1 mm less than the traced shape).4. Moisten the inside of the lens and apply the

Press-On prism with the glossy side facing the insidesurface of the lens. Do not use any adhesives.

CORRECT POSITIONINGOF PRESS-ON PRISM ON LENSThe base orientation of the prism is indicated with theword “base” on the prism edge. Mark lens and prism atthe same position on their edges to indicate alignment.The Press-On must be positioned onto the lensaccording to the BASE description indicated in theprescription: NASAL, TEMPORAL, TOP, BOTTOM,DIAGONAL.

The pictures show how the image is moved by theprism to accommodate the different direction of thepatient’s line of sight. The image is moved in theopposite direction to the base.

Prism 1Δ

Prism 10Δ

Prism 40Δ

247

6.1

NON-PERMANENTWATER SOLUBLEMARKER PENRef. 06970Ideal for marking press-on.Extra-fine black 0.4 mm.5 pcs.

TOP BASEThe prism’s lines are horizontal.Real position of the word ‘BASE’ on the Press-On:Right eye: nasal, at the top, text horizontal.Left eye: temporal, at the top, text horizontal.

BOTTOM BASEThe prism’s lines are horizontal.Real position of the word ‘BASE’ on the Press-On:Right eye: temporal, at the bottom, text horizontal.Left eye: nasal, at the bottom, text horizontal.

NASAL BASEThe prism’s lines are vertical.Real position of the word ‘BASE’ on the Press-On:Right eye: nasal, at the bottom, text vertical.Left eye: nasal, at the top, text vertical.

TEMPORAL BASEThe prism’s lines are vertical.Real position of the word ‘BASE’ on the Press-On:Right eye: temporal, at the bottom, text vertical.Left eye: temporal, at the bottom, text vertical.

DIAGONAL BASEThe prism’s lines are diagonal.Such a prescription is achieved by locating the axis of theprism diagonally determining the angle with a RotationNomograph.

Horizontal Correction

Vertical Correction

Oblique Correction

α

Press-OnLenses

248

PRESS-ON™ LENS :Advantage of Press-On: practical, lightweight, widerange of powers. Thin and flexible and easy to fix toexisting lenses - held by static adhesion, easily removed.Low cost and low risk treatment during power changesand vision therapy.

POSITIVE LENSES - Lens Ø 67 mm - 1 pc.

Ref. Power

08121 +1,5

08122 +2,5

08123 +2,5

Ref. Power

08124 +3,5

08125 +3,5

08126 +4,5

Ref. Power

08127 +55

NEGATIVE LENSES - Lens Ø 67 mm - 1 pc.

Ref. Power

08141 -1

08142 -2

08143 -3

Ref. Power

08145 -55

08148 -85

08149 -10

Ref. Power

08150 -12

EEC dir.93/42

1. Determine the optical centre of the lens and “dot” iton the front surface.

2. Place the lens onto the Press-On with the inner sideof the lens facing the smooth surface of thePress-On.

3. Make sure that the optical centre of the lenscoincides with the optical centre of the Press-On,which is the smallest concentric ring.

4. Trace the shape of the lens onto the Press-On.5. Cut the Press-On, but slightly smaller than the lens.6. Moisten the inside of the lens and apply the Press-

On with the glossy side facing the inside surface ofthe lens.

HOW TO APPLY PRESS-ON LENSES

Press-On and 3M are a registeredtrade mark of 3M

6.1

Ref. Power

08165 +3

Ref. Power

08164 +2,5

Ref. Power

08163 +2

2 pcs. - Dimensions 25x16mm

Bifocal Segments

BERENS PRISMS BARSRef. 08300In a rigid protective case, complete with:

• 1 vertical bar with the followingprism diopters: 1Δ, 2Δ, 3Δ, 4Δ, 5Δ, 6Δ, 8Δ, 10Δ, 12Δ, 14Δ, 16Δ,18Δ, 20Δ, 25Δ.

• 1 horizontal bar with the followingprism diopters:1Δ, 2Δ, 4Δ, 6Δ, 8Δ, 10Δ, 12Δ, 14Δ, 16Δ, 18Δ, 20Δ,25Δ, 30Δ, 35Δ, 40Δ.

SINGLE PRISMRef. 08301Single prism with handle 6Δ.

VERTICAL BAR

HORIZONTAL BAR

Berens Prism Bar - Prism 6Δ

249

6.1

BANGERTER OCCLUSION FOILSAre a system of graded thin flexible foils of varying degrees oftransparency that equalize the spatial contrast of the dominant eye to thatof the amplyopic eye. They cling to the spectacle lens of the healthy eye toimprove the function of the weaker eye. There are 10 levels of occlusion -see table below. These are used to treat amblyopia, exclusion and theanomalous retinal correspon-dence found in amblyopia; problemsrelating to correlation, monolateral aphakia and temporary diplopia.

Examples of vision with different occlusion levels Dimensions: 65x65 mm. - 1 pc. / Ref.

Ref. 08001 Visus ~1.0 - N 1Visual Acuity ~20/20

Ref. 08002 Visus ~0.8 - N 2Visual Acuity ~20/265

Ref. 08003 Visus ~0.6 - N 3Visual Acuity ~20/30

Ref. 08004 Visus ~0.4- N 4Visual Acuity ~20/50

Ref. 08005 Visus ~0.3 - N 5Visual Acuity ~20/70

Ref. 08009 Visus ~0.2 - N -Visual Acuity ~20/100

Ref. 08006 Visus ~0.1 - N 6Visual Acuity ~20/200

Ref. 08007 Visus <0.1 - N 7Visual Acuity ~20/300

Ref. 08008 Visus 0.0Visual Acuity none

Ref. 08011 Visus 0.0Visual Acuity none

Ref. 08012 Visus 0.0Visual Acuity none

Ref. 08000 Visus LP - N 0Visual Acuity none

Bangerter - Occlusion FoilsGraded foils - Occlusion foils

250

6.1

The shiny side of the foil is applied to the inside of the lens.• Cut the foil to a shape slightly smaller than that

of the lens• Clean the lens thoroughly• Damp the shiny side of the foil with warm water

apply to the inner side of the lens• Press with a dry cloth to remove any

air bubbles and traces of damp.• Allow to dry for 1 hour.

HOW TO APPLY BANGERTER OCCLUSION FOILS

Ref. 08015Bangerter Occlusion Foil Bar with caseFrom vision 1.0 to completeocclusion 0.0Dimensions: 350x38 mm

EEC dir.93/42

251

6.1

ApproxVisualAcuity

Corr. No.

Vision

Ref.

none

8

0.0

08008

none

0

Light perception

08000

~20/300

7

<0.1

08007

~20/200

6

0.1

08006

~20/100

-

0.2

08009

~20/70

3

0.3

08005

~20/50

4

0.4

08004

~20/30

5

0.6

08003

~20/25

2

0.8

08002

~20/20

1

1.0

08001

ApproxVisualAcuity

Corr. No.

Vision

Ref.

none

8

0.0

08011

none

8

0.0

08012

STICK-ON OCCLUSION FOILS

JUNIOR WHITELatex free67x50 mm

Ref. 080766 Packs (each pack 20 pcs.)

Ref. 0807412 Packs (each pack 20 pcs.)

MEDIUM WHITELatex free85x59 mm

Ref. 080776 Packs (each pack 20 pcs.)

Ref. 0807512 Packs (each pack 20 pcs.)

• Made of a perforated monostretchnon-woven material for extreme comfort.

• A special black screen in the central padprevents the passage of light.For this reason, they are suitable to treatstrabismus and amblyopia.

• Totally hypo-allergenic, latex free, for sensitiveskin around the eye. Well ventilated to avoid sweating.

• Can be used for prolonged treatment.• Close eye when applying.

JUNIOR SYMPATHYLatex free67x50 mm

Ref. 080711 Pack - 20 pcs. assorted models

EEC dir.93/42Each pack contains 20 adhesivepatches sealed in an individual wrapper.

• Make sure that the skin around the eye is dry and clean and thatthe child's face is relaxed before applying the eye patch over theclosed eye

• Open the wrapper and peel off the film from the adhesive side ofthe patch

• Apply the patch to the skin with the smaller corner nearest the nose• Use fingers to apply pressure to all outer edges of the eye patch to

ensure that all of the patch is sticking to the skin• We recommend to replace ORTOPAD® every day or according to the

doctor's instructions.

Each pack containsfun patch stickers

Adhesive Eye PatchesHypo-allergenic fun patches for children’s vision problems

252

6.1

Occluders and Eye PatchIn soft and non-toxic material

253

MEDIUM OCCLUDER

Ref. 0803055x47 mmPack 12 pcs.

OCCLUDER WITH THREEVENTILATION HOLESRef. 08034Side occlusion: 30 mm.Ø 34 mm.Pack 12 pcs.

OCCLUDER WITH TWOVENTILATION HOLESRef. 08032Side occlusion: 24 mm. Ø 34 mm.Pack 12 pcs.

EEC dir.93/42

ASSORTED OCCLUDERSRef. 08036In soft, non-toxic material.12 assorted occluders:08030 - 08032 - 08034(4 pcs. / Ref.)

Eye Patch with elastic cord

VINYL EYE PATCHRef. 08315• Permits eyelid movement• Can be sanitized with alcohol

swab• Adjustable elastic cord• Medium size (76,5x52,5 mm)Pack 3 pcs.

NEW

6.1

254

DIGITAL PD METERRef. 04965Fully electronic - no moving mechanical parts.Measurement range: 44 - 83 mm (0.5 mm increments).Measurement: monocular and binocular.Display: electronic, indicated on the digital screen.Viewing distance: from 30 cm to infinity.Auto power off: after 1 minute without use.Supplied with:• separator shield between patient and user• batteries.

Power supply: 4 batteries (1.5V AA) includedDimensions: 168x70x50 mmWeight: 0.70 Kg (with batteries).

11 - Reset to zero / Switch on12 - Monocular PD adjustment, left eye 13 - Viewing distance adjustment14 - Viewfinder15 - Monocular/binocular measurement selector16 - Saves reading17 - Monocular PD adjustment, right eye18 - Right eye measurement display19 - Combined pupillary distance display10 - Left eye measurement display11 - Forehead distance bar.

Digital PD MeterElectronic measurement

6.2

255

DIGITAL PD METERRef. 04966With PD adjustment slides.Additional lens +2.00D switchable on the PDmeasurement ocular.Internal light with high brilliancy LEDMeasurement range: 45-82 mm (0,5 mm increments)Measurement: monocular and binocularViewing distance: from 30 cm to infinityPower off: automatically after 1 minute without use

Power supply: 2 batteries (1.5V AA) includedDimensions: 221x166x63 mmWeight: 0,66 kg (with batteries)

1 - PD/LD switch2 - PD adjustment slide (left)3 - Focusing distance selection lever4 - Practitioner’s viewpiece5 - Viewpiece +2.00D add-power switch6 - PD adjustment slide (right)7 - ON/OFF switch8 - Right eye measurement display 9 - PD distance

10 - Left eye measurement display11 - Eye shield lever (mono/binocular switch). 12 - Forehead distance bar.

Digital PD MeterWith PD adjustment slides

��

DIGITAL PD METERRef. 04969With PD adjustment slides.Measurement range: 45-80 mm (0,5 mm steps).Measurement: monocular and binocular.The PD meter has to be held correctlyand placed carefully on the person’s nosewhilst wearing spectacles.The right and left eye pupil centre hasto be aligned to the needles.The display shows the pupillary distance.Pressing the left or the right black buttonthe display shows the distance between theleft or the right eye pupil and the nose bridge.Auto power off when placed horizontally.Power on when in vertical position.

Power supply: 12V (23A) battery includedDimensions: 173x90x30 mm - Weight: 150 g (with battery)

� �

��

6.2

Ref. 04959 PLASTIC PD SCALE WITH EYE OCCLUDERMeasuring range: 150 mm - 1 pc.

Ref. 06980 Disposable papertissues for chin restsand other opticalequipment.Dimensions:120 x 40 mmslotted holes.Box of 500 pcs.

Ref. 08781Graduated stripsfor dry eye test.Measurementof tear volumeand production.100 strips in singlesterile pack.

Chin Rest Tissues Schirmer Test

White Light PenRef. 08318140 mm - 1 pc.2 batteriesAAA 1,5V included.

Test Room AccessoriesPD Scales

256

6.3

Ref. 04954 PLASTIC - 170 MMHighly flexible, scale non-erasable - 1 pc.

Ref. 04957 ANODIZED ALUMINIUM - 170 MMFlexible, scale non-erasable - 1 pc.

257

Children’s Trial FrameUltra-light - For optometrical refractions - Tabo System

CHILDREN’S TRIAL FRAME KITRef. 08215Display box with 4 children’s trial frames.PD range 50-52-54-56 mm• Lightweight, non-allergic structure, suitable for all standard

Ø 38 mm trial lenses.• Standard axis rotation.• Adjustable comfort bridge.• Flex temples, length adjustable from 90 to 130 mm.• 4 lens holders each eye: 3 external rotating

and 1 fixed internal.• Manual lens axis rotation, scale in 5° increments.

Weight: 30 gr.

6.4

Trial FrameUniversal - European Style - Tabo System

258

LIGHTWEIGHT TRIAL FRAMERef. 08225Lightweight, non-allergic structure, suitablefor all standard Ø 38 mm trial lenses.Standard axis rotation.Back vertex distance measurement gauge.Independent monocular adjustmentsfor optical centres.Vertical and projection bridge adjustments.Temple length and inclination adjustable.

Weight: 58 gr.

1- PD adjustment, right eye2 - Bridge height adjustment3 - PD adjustment, left eye4 - Left temple inclination adjustment5 - Left lens axis adjustment6 - Vertical height adjustment7 - Right lens axis adjustment8 - Right temple inclination adjustment9 - Back Vertex distance gauge (both sides)

10 - Temple length slide adjustment

� � �

�� �

PD adjustable from 48 to 80 mm

∅ 38 mm-15°

+6°

6.4

• PD adjustable range 48 to 80 mm.• Right and left PD adjustable independently

from 25 to 40 mm.• Bridge height adjustable by up to 15 mm.• Temples adjustable in length from 98 to 135 mm.• Temple inclination adjustable from +6° to -15°.• 5 lens holders each eye: 3 external rotating

by 360° and 2 fixed internal.• Axis rotation is continuously adjustable,

in increments of 5°.

Trial FrameUniversal - Ultra-light titanium alloy - Tabo System

259

ULTRA-LIGHT TRIAL FRAMERef. 08220Non-allergic, light weight and strong,for optometrical refractions.Suitable for all standard Ø 38 mm trial lenses.Standard axis rotation.

Weight: 49 gr.

• PD adjustment from 54 to 70 mm with selectorin 2 mm increments.

• Adjustable pads.• Bridge height adjustable (+4 mm).• 4 lens holders each eye: 3 external rotating

and 1 fixed internal.• Temple length adjustable from 95 to 135 mm.• Temple pantoscopic ±10° from the horizontal

by means of a screw.• Manual lens axis rotation, scale in 5° increments.

PD adjustable from 54 to 70 mm

1 - Pupillary distance adjustment2 - Left temple pantoscopic adjustment3 - Left lens axis adjustment4 - Bridge height adjustment5 - Right lens axis adjustment6 - Right temple pantoscopic adjustment

10°

10°∅ 38 mm

6.4

Trial FrameUniversal - American Style - Tabo System

260

TRIAL FRAMERef. 08224Lightweight, non-allergic structure,suitable for all standard Ø 38 mm trial lenses.Standard axis rotation.Independent monocular adjustments for optical centres.Vertical and projection bridge adjustments for correctedvertex distances.Temple length and inclination adjustable.Includes 5 spare nose-rest pads.

Weight: 72 gr.

• PD adjustable from 48 to 80 mm• Right and left PD adjustable independently

from 24 to 40 mm.• Bridge height adjustable by up to 13 mm.• Bridge projection distance adjustable

by up to 16 mm.• Temples adjustable in length from 98 to 135 mm• Temple inclination adjustment from +6° to -20°.• 4 lens holders: 3 external and 1 internal.• External axis rotation is continuously adjustable,

scale at 5° increments.

PD adjustable from 48 to 80 mm

Ø 38 mm-20°

+6°�

� �

1 - PD adjustment, right eye2 - Bridge height adjustment3 - PD adjustment, left eye4 - Left temple inclination adjustment5 - Left lens axis adjustment6 - Locking screw - left axis adjustment7 - Bridge projection adjustment8 - Locking screw - right axis adjustment9 - Right lens axis rotation

10 - Right temple inclination adjustment11 - Back Vertex distance gauge (both sides)

6.4

Trial Clips - Trial Lens HolderTrial Clip

261

Ref. 08229Monocular trial clip which maybe used with almost all types ofspectacles frames.2 trial clips with 3 lens holdersfor Ø 38 mm trial lenses.Ideal for low vision testing.Weight: 9 gr. each

Trial Lens Holder for 4 lenses

TRIAL LENS HOLDER FOR 4 LENSESRef. 08344With 0°-45°-90°-135° and 180° axis marksFor Ø 38 mm trial lenses.

45°90°

135°

180°

6.4

Prism Trial Lens Set72 prism Ø 38 mm trial lenses in carrying case

Ref. 0826472 prim lenses in carrying case with removable wooden tray.Suitable for the measuring and correction methodology afterH.-J. Haase (MKH).AR coated lenses in optical glass with refraction index of 1.523.Prism diopter range:0.25∆-0.50∆-0.75∆-1.00∆-1.25∆-1.50∆-2.00∆-2.50∆ -3.00∆-3.50∆-4.00∆-4.50∆-5.00∆-6.00∆-7.00∆-8.00∆-9.00∆-10.00∆.This set contains 4 lenses for each prism diopter,with 4 different prism inclinations.A reference mark indicates the base (notch) and the vertex(dot) of the prism.Thin lenses with high prism powers.The rims are made from grey coloured ABS plastic.Dimensions:Case: 300x190x93 mmWooden tray: 270x155x35 mmWeight: 1.8 kg

Meniscus Trial Lens Set236 meniscus Ø 38 mm trial lenses in carrying case

262

MENISCUS TRIAL LENS CASERef. 08250236 meniscus lenses in carrying case.Lenses in optical glass with refraction index of 1.523.• 35 pairs of positive sphere lenses from +0.12D to +20.00D• 35 pairs of negative sphere lenses from -0.12D to -20.00D• 19 pairs of positive cylinder lenses from +0.12D to +6.00D• 19 pairs of negative cylinder lenses from -0.12D to -6.00D• 10 prisms from 1Δ to 10Δ• 10 supplementary lenses:

Maddox Rod white (2 pieces) - Grid - Pinhole - Occluder -Stenopeic slot - Red filter - Green filter - Clear glass -Opaque glass.

All the inside lens curves are the same to guarantee aconsistent vertex distance.The rims are made from polycarbonate and are coloured redfor minus powers and black for plus powers and grey forprisms and supplementary lenses.Case dimensions: 530 x 400 x 100 mmWeight: 3.9 kg

vertex distance 12 mm

Meniscus trial lenspositive value

vertex distance 12 mm

Meniscus trial lensnegative value

Red: Minus power lensesBlack: Plus power lensesGrey: Prism and supplementary lensesExternal lens diameter: Ø 38 mm

6.4

Regular Trial Lens Set232 plane Ø 38 mm trial lenses in carrying case

PlaneNegative trial lens

PlanePositive trial lens

REGULAR TRIAL LENS CASERef. 08260232 plane lenses in carrying case with removable wooden tray.Lenses in optical glass with refraction index of 1.523. Thin lenses with traditional flat bi-concave and bi-convex curves.• 34 pairs of positive sphere lenses from +0.12D to +20.00D • 34 pairs of negative sphere lenses from -0.12D to -20.00D• 19 pairs of positive cylinder lenses from +0.12D to +6.00D • 19 pairs of negative cylinder lenses from -0.12D to -6.00D• 10 prisms from 1Δ to 10Δ• 10 supplementary lenses:

Maddox Rod white - Pinhole (2 pcs.) - Occluder (2 pcs.) -Stenopeic slot - Red filter - Green filter - Clear glass -Opaque glass.

The rims are made from ABS plastic and are coloured redfor minus powers and black for plus powers and greyfor prisms and supplementary lenses.Dimensions case: 555 x 370 x 95 mmWooden tray: 520 x 340 x 35 mmWeight: 4.6 kg

263

Red: Minus power lensesBlack: Plus power lensesGrey: Prism and supplementary lensesExternal lens diameter: Ø 38 mm

6.4

Refractor/Phoropter - Vision TesterOphthalmic instrument used to investigate sight problems and binocular function deficiencies

264

REFRACTOR/PHOROPTER - VISION TESTERRef. 08242The vision tester is an instrument that is used to examinerefractive problems. It contains most of the lenses usedin the trial lens set including the Resley prisms.Pupillary distance adjustment: from 48 to 75 mmin increments of 1 mm.

• Antireflection lenses• Sphere lenses: from +16.75D to -19.00D (in increments

of 0.25D)• Cylindrical lenses: from -0.25D to -6.00D in increments

of 0.25D (extendible to -8.00D with additional -2.00Dauxiliary lens)

• Cylindrical axis: from 0 to 180° (in increments of 5°)• Cross cylinders: ±0.25 D• Rotating prisms: from 0Δ to 20Δ in increments of 1Δ

• Supplementary lenses:- Open lenses - Retinoscopy lenses +1.50D- Polarized lenses: 45° left eye; 135° right eye- Maddox, vertical: left eye - white; right eye - red- Maddox, horizontal: left eye - white; right eye - red- Green lens- Red lens- Sphere lense + 0.12D- Pinhole- Dissociated prisms: left eye 10Δ; right eye 6Δ- Fixed cross cylinders ± 0.50- Occluder

Dimensions: 345x350x155mmWeight: approx. 4.5 Kg

Ø 15,8

Ø 20,2 mm

6.5

Self-Balancing Arm

265

SELF-BALANCING ARMRef. 08241With wall-mounted support for vision tester,complete with chart projector mounting.

ACCESSORIESINCLUDED WITH REF. 08242:• 4 auxiliary lenses in box: 2 cylinder lenses -0.12D

and 2 cylinder lenses -2.00D• Near vision test card with rod• Protective cover• Face shield with protective lens.

Ø 15,8

Ø 20,2 mm

Ø 40 mm

6.5

Optotype ProjectorWith infrared remote control

266

Power supply 230V ACConsumption 50WDimensions 230x360x265 mmWeight 6 Kg

Ref. 08241 Self-balancing arm

OPTOTYPE PROJECTORRef. 08246Automatic halogen lamp optotype projector including all the tests mostcommonly used during vision testing (see next page for chart details). Tests can be selected quickly and easily using the infrared remote control.Single vertical and horizontal lines of characters can be masked.Supplied with polarized metal screen (400x350 mm).

• 33 Different tests projected• Open template 1 (5 horizontal lines - 5 vertical lines - 21 individual letters)• Red - Green Filter• Projection distance 2.7 to 7 m• Enlargement 30X (at 5 m)• Angle of inclination ±10°• Test selection speed approx. 0.3 sec.• Automatic switch-off after 5 min.• Projection enlargement• Halogen lamp 6V 30W• RS232 interface

6.5

Test Charts

267

TEST CHARTS33 tests:• 6 letter tests (from 0.05 to 2.0)• 6 number tests (from 0.05 to 2.0)• 5 iIlliterate or tumbling E tests (from 0.1 to 2.0)• 3 tests for children (from 0.1 to 1.0)• 2 cross cylinder tests• 1 duochrome test• 1 fixation point test• 1 astigmatism test

Stereoscopic tests:• 1 Schober test• 1 Worth test

Polarization tests• 1 binocular test• 1 duochrome test• 1 phoria test• 1 phoria with fixation test• 1 vertical coincidence test• 1 stereoscopic test

6.5

FlippersCross cylinders and confirmation monocular vision test

268

CROSS CYLINDERSRef. 08330With knurled handles in protective case.Powers: ± 0.25D and ± 0.50D

MONOCULAR CONFIRMATION VISION TESTSRef. 08320With knurled handles in protective case.Powers: ± 0.25D and ± 0.50D

Confirmation monocular vision test

Cross cylinders

6.6

FlippersBinocular confirmation vision test - Red-green test - Polarized test

BINOCULAR CONFIRMATION TESTRef. 08325With two sliding lenses for optical centring,in protective case.Powers: ± 0.25D and ± 0.50D

BINOCULAR TESTSRef. 08340Red/green and polarized filters with two slidinglenses for optical centring, in protective case.

Polarized test

Red and green testBinocular confirmation test

269

6.6

Double Sphere Target - Retinoscopy

270

RETINOSCOPY RACKSRef. 08304In a rigid protective case, complete with:• 1 red rack from -1.0D to -10.0D with additional

sliding lens -0.5D and -10.0D• 1 green rack from +1.0D to +10.0D with

additional sliding lens +0.5D and +10.0D

DOUBLE SPHERE TARGET (sec. Wolff )Ref. 08350For a quick evaluation of pursuits and saccades,cover test and dynamic retinoscopy. Sphere: Ø 6 & 13 mm - stick: 40 mm - 2 pcs.

6.6

COVER TESTRef. 08310Set of 4 occludersin a protective case.• 1 red occluder• 1 frosted occluder• 1 black paddle occluder• 1 multi pinhole occluder

(holes Ø 1.4 mm).

Dimensions: Ø 60 x 240 mm

Red occluder

Frosted occluder

Multi pinhole occluder

Black occluder

Cover Test Occluders

271

6.6Hand held occluders

Illuminated Reading Chart 40 cmWith rear illumination

Ref. 08419Rear illuminated reading chart ideal to determinepresbyopia.• Testing distance: 40 cm• Powered by any of the following:

power adaptorbattery pack (included)USB PC cable

Dimensions: 195x146x11 mmWeight: 220 g

Included:• 1 reading chart 40 cm• 1 USB cable• 1 power adaptor• 1 battery pack• 4 AAA batteries 1.5V

272

6.7

The Ishihara colour tests are:• Internationally recognised• Pseudoisochromatic plates• Simple to use• Speedy to use• Efficient in detecting red/green colour vision deficiency• Includes instruction booklet

To prevent colour fading and to keep hues sharp neverexpose plates to bright sunlight or leave pages open forany length of time. Test should be conducted with light levels at 500-600 lux.

ISHIHARA COLOUR TESTS38 PLATESRef. 08400Used principally by ophthalmologist.

24 PLATESRef. 08401Used principally for occupational screening.

Ishihara Colour TestsFor colour deficiency - 10-24-38 plates

273

6.7

10 PLATESRef. 08402Used principally for children and illiterates.

Fly Stereopsis Test - Butterfly Stereopsis TestWith LEA Symbols®

274

Includes 1 adult and 1 child’s polarized goggles

FLY STEREOPSIS TESTRef. 08403

• Rapid test for amblyopia and strabismus• Traditional Fly picture testing Gross Stereopsis • 10 levels of 4 circle disparity for critical testing• Graded circle test from 400 seconds down to

20 seconds (with no monocular clues)• Fine stereopsis (4800 to 20 seconds of arc)

measuring 3 Gross levels of disparity using theinternationally recognised LEA Symbols - House,Square, Circle and Apple

• Ideal for both children and adults includingnon-reading and non-verbal

• New easy-to-hold booklet • Answer key on back cover • Instructions included.

BUTTERFLY STEREOPSIS TESTRef. 08404

• Rapid test for amblyopia and strabismus• Traditional Butterfly picture testing Gross Stereopsis • 10 levels of 4 circle disparity for critical testing• Graded circle test from 400 seconds down to

20 seconds (with no monocular clues)• Fine stereopsis (2500 to 20 seconds of arc)

measuring 3 Gross levels of disparity using theinternationally recognised LEA Symbols - House,Square, Circle and Apple

• Ideal for both children and adults includingnon-reading and non-verbal

• New easy-to-hold booklet • Answer key on back cover • Instructions included.

6.7

Random Dot and Dot2 Stereopsis TestsWith LEA Symbols®

275

Includes 1 adult and 1 child’s polarized goggles

RANDOM DOT STEREOPSIS TESTRef. 08405

• Rapid test for amblyopia and strabismus• Ideal for children and adults who are non-readers

and non-verbal • Expanded Random Dot LEA Symbols Test

(500, 250, 125, 63 seconds of arc).• Graded circle test to 12.5 seconds of arc with

no monocular clues• New improved booklet• Answer key on back cover • Instructions included.

RANDOM DOT2 STEREOPSIS TESTRef. 08406

• Rapid test for amblyopia and strabismus• Ideal for children and adults who are non-readers

and non-verbal • Expanded Random Dot LEA Symbols Test

(500, 250, 125 seconds of arc).• Graded circle test to 12.5 seconds of arc with

no monocular clues• Imprinted images inside booklet for matching• New improved booklet• Answer key on back cover • Instructions included.

6.7

VORTEX POLARIZED VARIABLE VECTOGRAPHRef. 08407• A three dimensional vortex image used to strengthen the binocularity system and to provide

base-in and /or base-out training• Stereopsis depth on Vortex image from 6, 100 seconds of arc• Letters’ orientation:

to the Vortex image above, below and even with the image at +/- 600 seconds of arc• 16 dioptre range for Base-In (Divergence)• 24 dioptre range for Base-Out (Convergence)• Total accommodation range of 40 dioptres• Improved Vecto guides and Therapy Binder• Includes professional and patient instruction manuals• Home reinforcement Vision Therapy System*• Includes Patient Vision Therapy Record Form• Includes Standard Polarized Viewers

* As a sales point, the VORTEX can be rented or sold to patients for home use.

Vortex Polarized Variable Vectograph

276

6.7

GEM POLARIZED VARIABLE VECTOGRAPHRef. 08408• Three dimensional picture used to strengthen the binocularity system and to provide base-in

and /or base-out training• Stereopsis depth of 700 seconds of arc• 16 dioptre range for Base-In (Divergence)• 24 dioptre range for Base-Out (Convergence)• Total accommodation range of 40 dioptres• Improved Vecto guides and Therapy Binder• Includes professional and patient instruction manuals• Home reinforcement Vision Therapy System*• Includes Patient Vision Therapy Record Form• Includes Standard Polarized Viewers

* As a sales point, the GEM can be rented or sold to patients for home use.

Gem Polarized Variable Vectograph

277

6.7

Lang Stereo TestFor Children

The Lang Stereotest is an easy-to-use screening-test designed for early detection of problemswith stereoscopic vision in children. The 3D testobjects appear each on a different level.Seen with only one eye (monocular vision),these stereograms do not show any shapes,while, upon binocular inspection, the figures,typically in different depths, can be seen.Using distance: 30-40 cm

LANG STEREOTEST IRef. 08395The Lang Stereotest I shows a car (550”),a star (600”)and a cat (1200”).

LANG STEREOTEST IIRef. 08396The Lang Stereotest II shows amoon (200”), a truck (400”)and an elephant (600”).In addition, the Lang Stereotest IIcontains a star that can also be seenwith one eye only (monocularvision).

Test Room AccessoriesLEA 3-D puzzle

Ref. 08411The LEA 3D Puzzle is designed for trainingand assessment of normal infants, andchildren and adults with brain damage. Theaim in the play training of infants andyoung children is to help them to developthe concept same/different as aprerequisite for measurement of visualacuity. The child learns the concepts similar- different comparing the colours and formsof the puzzle’s mobile pieces.This educational toy can be used from thefirst months of life.Dimensions: 170 x 170 mm

RED MADDOX RODRef. 08316Red Maddox Rod with groovesat 45° from the centre of the lens. Used in combination with prismsto measure horizontal and verticalphorias from near and from far.Length: 22 cmLens diameter: 5 cm

Test Room AccessoriesLang Fixation Cubes – Lang Fixation Stick – Red Maddox Rod

LANG FIXATION CUBESRef. 083522 cubes, one red and one white,with pictures that attract andhold children’s attention duringtesting. Recognizing the picturesprepares the child for the Lang Iand II tests.

LANG FIXATION STICKRef. 08355FRONT: Fixation Test with the same picturesas on the Lang Fixation CubesBACK: Examination of accommodation andconvergence with numbers. Recognizing the pictures prepares the childfor the Lang I and II tests. Visus: Distance of 30 cm 0.2-0.5.

FRONT

BACK

Alphabetical Index

278

Abrasive Stones...................................................... 193

Acetate Flex Temples.............................................. 64-65

Active Liquid Antibacterial..................................... 78

Active Liquid Detergent for Ultrasonic Equipment . 78

Adhesive Glues....................................................... 75-77

Adhesive Pads ........................................................ 49

Airpad Nose Pads ................................................... 40

Antitorsion Foils ..................................................... 83

Bangerter: Occlusion Foils...................................... 250-251

Bench Drill ............................................................. 199

Bench Polisher ....................................................... 195

Berens Prisms Bars................................................. 249

Binocular Test......................................................... 269

Biofeel Nose pads .................................................. 41

Blades for Screwdrivers and Nutdrivers ................. 110-117

Blocking Pads......................................................... 84-88

Blocks for Edgers.................................................... 82

Borax ..................................................................... 106, 212

Boric Acid............................................................... 107

Broach Holder ........................................................ 154

Brushes .................................................................. 153

Buffing Wheels ...................................................... 94-97

Bushes ................................................................... 25-27

Butterfly Test.......................................................... 274

Cable Ends ............................................................. 55

Cable Ends in Silicone "Stopper" ............................ 54

Calipers .................................................................. 159

Caps ....................................................................... 25-27

Caustic Solution ..................................................... 107

Centring Devices .................................................... 200

Chin Rest Paper...................................................... 256

Clavulus ................................................................. 147-149

Cleaners for Lenses and Frames ............................. 79

Cleaning Solutions for Ultrasonic Equipment ........ 78

Coating Remover.................................................... 105

Compounds............................................................ 93

Cords (for Supra Frames)........................................ 72

Cover Test ............................................................... 271

Covers for Eyewire ................................................. 55

Cross Cylinder ........................................................ 268

Curl Temples........................................................... 57

Cutters ................................................................... 140-141

Cutting Wheel for Lens Groover.............................. 189

Cutting Wheels....................................................... 153

A Deco Pens for Frames and Lenses........................... 90-91

Defoamer............................................................... 193

Demo Lenses.......................................................... 89, 237

Diamond Sticks ...................................................... 193

Diamond Wheel ..................................................... 190

Digital Pupillometers ............................................. 254-255

Disks to protect Coated Lens .................................. 83

Dome Nuts ............................................................. 28

Dressing Stones...................................................... 193

Drill Stand.............................................................. 198

Drill with Flex Shaft ............................................... 203

Drilling Accessories ................................................ 153

Drills ...................................................................... 150-152

Drills and Millers .................................................... 196-203

Dyes for Tinting Lenses .......................................... 98-103

Edger ..................................................................... 190

Embedding Unit..................................................... 211

Extended Nuts with Washers ................................. 29

Eye Patch ............................................................... 252

Files ....................................................................... 155

Fish ........................................................................ 119

Flippers .................................................................. 268-269

Fluoron .................................................................. 106

Fluxes..................................................................... 212

Fly Test ................................................................... 274

Foils to protect Coated Lens ................................... 83

Formers.................................................................. 89

Frame Deco Pens.................................................... 91

Frame Heaters........................................................ 162-169

Gauge for Lens Hole............................................... 151

Gauges................................................................... 158

Gem Polarized Variable Vectograph ....................... 277

Ghost ..................................................................... 119

Glass Adhesive ...................................................... 76

Glass Cutters .......................................................... 156

Glass Nose Pads ..................................................... 43

Glues...................................................................... 75- 77

Gold Plating Solution............................................. 214

Gradation Unit ....................................................... 223

Grinders ................................................................. 153

Hammer................................................................. 157

Hand Edgers........................................................... 190-192

Hard Metal Cutters ................................................. 140

Hard Metal Drills .................................................... 150

D

B

C

E

F

G

H

279

Hidden Hinges ....................................................... 13

Hinges ................................................................... 12-15

Hook for Nylon Thread ........................................... 134

Ink for Centering .................................................... 81

Ink for Lensmeter................................................... 185

Ink Remover........................................................... 80

Interliner ............................................................... 73

Ishihara Colour Test ................................................ 273

Isoflam................................................................... 106

Job Trays ................................................................ 68-69

Lens Blocks ............................................................ 82

Lens Clock .............................................................. 158

Lens Deco Pens ...................................................... 90

Lens drilling system ............................................... 200-202

Lens Groovers and Accessories ............................... 188-189

Lens Hedge Polisher............................................... 194

Lens Holder ............................................................ 224

Lens Hole Gauge .................................................... 159

Lens Meter ............................................................. 185

Lens Washer........................................................... 73

Lenses: CR39 (neutral) Anti fog.............................. 233

Lenses: CR39 (neutral) Computer........................... 233

Lenses: CR39 (neutral) for Foggy Weather ............. 233

Lenses: CR39 (neutral) Hard Coated ....................... 232

Lenses: CR39 (neutral) Photocromic ...................... 230

Lenses: CR39 (neutral) Polarized............................ 231

Lenses: CR39 cosmetic .......................................... 238-239

Lenses: CR39 Full colour / Gradient ........................ 234-236

Lenses: CR9 (neutral) ............................................ 230-239

Lenses: Demo for Rimless and Supra Frames ......... 237

Lenses: Mineral (neutral) ....................................... 243

Lenses: Polycarbonate (neutral)............................. 242

Lenses: Press on ..................................................... 248

Locking Blocks ....................................................... 30

Magnetic Tool Bar .................................................. 144

Magnifier with Light .............................................. 120

Mandrel ................................................................. 154

Marker Pens ........................................................... 81

Marking Identifier .................................................. 180

Microtorch.............................................................. 206

Millers.................................................................... 150-153

Miniflam Gas Soldering Unit ................................. 206

Miniflam Oxy Torch ................................................ 207

H

J

I

L

Minimot Drill ......................................................... 198

Needle Files............................................................ 155

Neutralizer ............................................................. 105

Nickel-Silver Screws ............................................... 16-17

Nose Comfort Bridges ............................................ 49

Nose Pad Cushion................................................... 49

Nose Pads Arms ..................................................... 30-31

Nose Pads for Titanium and S/Steel Frames ........... 46

Nose Pads: Airpad .................................................. 40

Nose Pads: Bayonett joint ...................................... 48

Nose Pads: Biofeel.................................................. 41

Nose Pads: Glass .................................................... 43

Nose Pads: Primadonna ........................................ 47

Nose Pads: PVC....................................................... 42, 44

Nose Pads: R.B. American joint .............................. 48

Nose Pads: System 3 .............................................. 48

Nudriver (universal) ............................................... 143

Nutdrivers-Screwdrivers and Spare Blades ............ 110-117

Nuts ....................................................................... 28-29

Nylon Cords and Liner ............................................ 72

Nylon Thread.......................................................... 72

Occluders ............................................................... 253

Occlusion Foils........................................................ 250-251

Oil Dropper, Oil for Hinges ..................................... 156

Optoclean Detergent for Ultrasonic Equipment ..... 78

Optotype Projector................................................. 266

Pad Arms................................................................ 30-31

Palladium Plating Solution .................................... 214

PD Meters .............................................................. 254-255

PD Scale ................................................................. 256

PD Scales................................................................ 158

Pen Light................................................................ 256

Pens ....................................................................... 81

Pens to retouch Frames.......................................... 91

Photochoromic Tester............................................. 182

Pinned Hinges........................................................ 12

Plastic Glue ............................................................ 75

Plating Bath........................................................... 214

Plating Solution ..................................................... 107

Pliers...................................................................... 124-141

Plug-in Nose Pads .................................................. 48

Polarized Test ......................................................... 269

Polarizing Sheet..................................................... 240-241

M

N

O

P

M

Alphabetical Index

280

Polishing Wax ........................................................ 94

Polishing Wheels.................................................... 94-97

Polycarbonate Nose Pads “Slim Line” ..................... 39

Press-on Prism ...................................................... 246-247

Primadonna Nose Pads .......................................... 47

Prism Press-on ....................................................... 246-247

Prisms Bars (Berens) ............................................. 249

Projector Optotype ................................................ 266

Protection Foils ...................................................... 83

Racks for tools........................................................ 144

Random Dot and Dot 2 .......................................... 275

Reach Nuts............................................................. 29

Reading chart ........................................................ 272

Reamers................................................................. 154

Red-green Test ....................................................... 269

Refractor/Phoropter .............................................. 264

Retinoscopy ........................................................... 270

Rim Locking Blocks ................................................ 30

Rimless Screws...................................................... 24-27

Rippled Blocks ....................................................... 82

Rivets ..................................................................... 12

Rods for Soldering ................................................. 106

Rulers..................................................................... 159, 256

Sanitizing Hand Gel antibacterical ......................... 79

Scalpel ................................................................... 156

Schiemer test ......................................................... 256

Schrinkable Tubes .................................................. 56

Scissors .................................................................. 156

Scissors to cut formers ........................................... 89

Scoop ..................................................................... 119

Screw Ejector ......................................................... 146

Screw Extractor...................................................... 117

Screw Wizard ......................................................... 120

Screwdriver "5 in 1" pocket.................................... 122

Screwdrivers-Nutdrivers and Spare Blades ............ 110-117

Screws.................................................................... 16-26

Screws for Flex Hinges ........................................... 20

Screws for Pads ...................................................... 16

Screws for repairs................................................... 22

Screws for Rimless ................................................. 24-27

Screws for Trims ..................................................... 17

Screws Nickelsilver ................................................ 16-17

Screws Self- Locking .............................................. 19-23

Screws Self- Tapping ............................................. 23

P Screws Stainless Steel ........................................... 18-19

Self- Locking Screws .............................................. 19-23

Self-Balancing Arm................................................ 265

Silicone Nose Pads ................................................. 34-37

Silicone Nose Pads “Slim Line” ............................... 38

Silicone Pads .......................................................... 118

Silicone Polishers ................................................... 153

Silicone Strap Bridges ............................................ 36

Sleeves (double) for Rimless Frames...................... 28

Sleeves (single) for Rimless Frames ....................... 28

Smarty Base........................................................... 118

Smarty Job Trays .................................................... 68-69

Solder Hinges ........................................................ 14-15

Solder Rods............................................................ 212

Solder: Wire for Soldering ..................................... 106

Soldering and Welding Units+Accessories ............ 204-211

Soldering Consumables.......................................... 212

Soldering Unit ( Water electrolysys)....................... 208-209

Soldering Unit (electric)......................................... 210

Spare Blades for Screwdrivers and Nutdrivers ....... 110-117

Sponge Cushions.................................................... 49

Spring-Hinge Screws.............................................. 20

Stainless Steel Screws ............................................ 18-19

Stand for Drill......................................................... 198

Stand for Pliers ...................................................... 144-145

Stereo Fly Test ........................................................ 274

Stereopsis tests ...................................................... 275

Sticks ..................................................................... 193

Strain Gauge .......................................................... 181

Strap Bridges ......................................................... 36

Strips fpr Supra Frames Assembly ......................... 72

Suction Caps .......................................................... 82

Taps ....................................................................... 152

Temple Tips ............................................................ 50-53

Temple Tips Covers ................................................. 55

Temples in Acetate................................................. 66-67

Temples in Metal.................................................... 62-63

Temples in Metal and Acetate................................ 58-67

Temples in Metal with Spring Hinge ...................... 58-61

Test: Binocular ....................................................... 269

Test: Butterfly ........................................................ 274

Test: Cover Test....................................................... 271

Test: Fly Stereopsis Test .......................................... 274

Test: Ishihara Colour Test........................................ 273

S

T

R

S

281

Test: Polarized ....................................................... 269

Test: Red-green ..................................................... 269

Test: Schirmer ........................................................ 256

Tests Stereopsis ..................................................... 275

Testers.................................................................... 178-183

Thickness Gauge .................................................... 158

Third Hand ............................................................. 113

Third Hand Soldering Table .................................... 213

Thread Lock............................................................ 74

Tinting Units .......................................................... 218-227

Titanium Nose Pads “Slim Line” ............................. 39

Tool Holder............................................................. 154

Tools Kit with Hard Case......................................... 123

Touch-Up Pencils.................................................... 92

Trays in Silicone...................................................... 118

Trial Clips................................................................ 261

Trial Frames............................................................ 257-261

Trial Lens Holder .................................................... 261

Trial Lens Set.......................................................... 262-263

Tri-Tester ................................................................ 183

T Tubes (schrinkable)................................................ 56

Tweezers ................................................................ 142-143

Ultrasonic Cleaners ................................................ 170-177

Ultrasonic Liquid.................................................... 170-177

UV and Visible Tester .............................................. 184

UV Diamond Dye.................................................... 104

UV Glues ................................................................ 77

UV Lamp ................................................................ 77

Vice ....................................................................... 157

Vision Test (confirmation monocular) ................... 268

Vortex Polarized Variable Vectograph..................... 276

Washers ................................................................. 25-28

Welding Accessories............................................... 213

Welding Unit (electric ) .......................................... 210

Wheels in Silicone ................................................. 153

Wheels to cut......................................................... 153

Wheels to polish .................................................... 94-97

Windsor Rings........................................................ 55

Wire for Soldering ................................................. 106

Wolf Spheres.......................................................... 270

T

U

V

W

EasyNavigationConcept

Service on line www.centrostyle.com

Presentation of the CompanyCUSTOMER SERVICECentrostyle offers innovative and high-quality solutions within the optical sector. 30 years market experience, our attention to the customers’ requirements, togetherwith our strong orientation towards service and quality, have allowed us to becomea well-known company in Italy and all over the world.

INNOVATION, RESEARCH, FUNCTIONALITYOur attention to innovation and the continuous research of new, functionalsolutions to satisfy our customers’ requirements have culminated in the projectof the Lab Modular System, for which we have been given the prestigiousIF Product Design Award and nominated for the “Designpreis Deutschland”,the German Award for the best design

HomepageContact us for on line registration

Product indexfor quick research

282

Your Allround Partner in OpticsTHE COMPANYA team of over 100 employees works with us to satisfy our customers’ requirementswith courtesy and professionalism, offering:• Pre and After Sales Service• Qualified Technical Assistance• Quality Control and Certification• Research and Development

INTERNATIONAL PRESENCEFrom our head office in Vedano Olona, Italy, with our subsidiary in the UK, an officein Spain and through a network of 40 worldwide distributors, we exclusively supplyoptical practices and chains in more than 80 countries.

3333

Flip through our catalogues as if you hada printed copy and view all our productsquickly.

283

IF PRODUCT DESIGN AWARDThis is one of the most prestigious international design awards which givesthe IF label, a quality seal, to those products that distinguish themselvesthrough quality and their excellent design.

DESIGNPREIS DEUTSCHLAND: GERMAN DESIGN AWARDThis is one of the most important design awards, known as the “award ofawards”, and gives the commemorative plaque for the “best design“ toproducts that have previously obtained a design award.

www.centrostyle.com

Centro Style S.p.A.Via G.D. Martinengo, 7I - 21040 Vedano Olona (VA) ItalyItalyTel. +39.0332.270.270 • Fax +39.0332.270.222 [email protected]. +39.0332.270.400 • Fax [email protected]

Schweiz/SuisseC.P. 669 - CH 6855 StabioTel. 0800 85 65 40 - 0215 330 210Fax 0800 85 65 [email protected]

Centro Style Ltd.Gresham House - 53, Clarendon RoadWatford, Herts - WD17 1LA - GBPhone 01923 239 267Fax 01923 253 [email protected]

EspañaLa Sede Optica S.L.Agente de Centro Style S.p.A. - ItalyCalle Cronos, 24 - Edificio 1 - 2a PlantaOficina E4 - 28037 Madrid Tel. +34.91 128 70 16 • Fax +34.91 126 53 [email protected] - www.centrostyle.es